(4278,16,'2011-07-28 15:47:30','2011-07-28 15:47:30','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews/fx-photo-studio-review-1.html\" title=\"FX Photo Studio App Review\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool (the paint brush) to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the photo; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\r\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-11','','','2011-07-28 15:47:30','2011-07-28 15:47:30','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4277,16,'2011-07-28 15:47:19','2011-07-28 15:47:19','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews/fx-photo-studio-review-1.html\" title=\"FX Photo Studio App Review\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool (the paint brush) to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the photo; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\r\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-10','','','2011-07-28 15:47:19','2011-07-28 15:47:19','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(3711,16,'2011-07-04 09:07:13','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Add-on iPhone Lenses - http://tinyurl.com/3tsm5ga','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-04 09:07:13','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3711',0,'tweet','',0),(4276,16,'2011-07-28 15:47:07','2011-07-28 15:47:07','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews/fx-photo-studio-review-1.html\" title=\"\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \n\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\n\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \n\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool (the paint brush) to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the photo; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-9','','','2011-07-28 15:47:07','2011-07-28 15:47:07','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4275,16,'2011-07-28 15:43:07','2011-07-28 15:43:07','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool (the paint brush) to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the photo; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\r\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-8','','','2011-07-28 15:43:07','2011-07-28 15:43:07','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4274,16,'2011-07-28 15:42:30','2011-07-28 15:42:30','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool (the paint brush) to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the photo; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\r\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-7','','','2011-07-28 15:42:30','2011-07-28 15:42:30','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4273,16,'2011-07-28 15:41:55','2011-07-28 15:41:55','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool (the paint brush) to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the photo; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\r\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-6','','','2011-07-28 15:41:55','2011-07-28 15:41:55','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4270,16,'2011-07-28 15:21:30','2011-07-28 15:21:30','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the \r\nphoto; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole are, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-3','','','2011-07-28 15:21:30','2011-07-28 15:21:30','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4271,16,'2011-07-28 15:21:55','2011-07-28 15:21:55','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the \r\nphoto; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole are, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-4','','','2011-07-28 15:21:55','2011-07-28 15:21:55','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4272,16,'2011-07-28 15:40:38','2011-07-28 15:40:38','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the \r\nphoto; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\r\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-5','','','2011-07-28 15:40:38','2011-07-28 15:40:38','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4269,16,'2011-07-28 15:09:26','2011-07-28 15:09:26','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the \r\nphoto; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole are, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-2','','','2011-07-28 15:09:26','2011-07-28 15:09:26','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4261,16,'2011-07-28 15:19:58','2011-07-28 15:19:58','','IMG_0827','','inherit','open','open','','img_0827','','','2011-07-28 15:19:58','2011-07-28 15:19:58','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4262,16,'2011-07-28 15:20:06','2011-07-28 15:20:06','','IMG_0828','','inherit','open','open','','img_0828','','','2011-07-28 15:20:06','2011-07-28 15:20:06','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4263,16,'2011-07-28 15:20:14','2011-07-28 15:20:14','','IMG_0829','','inherit','open','open','','img_0829','','','2011-07-28 15:20:14','2011-07-28 15:20:14','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4264,16,'2011-07-28 15:20:22','2011-07-28 15:20:22','','IMG_0830','','inherit','open','open','','img_0830','','','2011-07-28 15:20:22','2011-07-28 15:20:22','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4265,16,'2011-07-28 15:20:28','2011-07-28 15:20:28','','IMG_0831','','inherit','open','open','','img_0831','','','2011-07-28 15:20:28','2011-07-28 15:20:28','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4266,16,'2011-07-28 15:20:36','2011-07-28 15:20:36','','IMG_0832','','inherit','open','open','','img_0832','','','2011-07-28 15:20:36','2011-07-28 15:20:36','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4267,16,'2011-07-28 15:20:44','2011-07-28 15:20:44','','IMG_0833','','inherit','open','open','','img_0833','','','2011-07-28 15:20:44','2011-07-28 15:20:44','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4268,16,'2011-07-28 15:20:52','2011-07-28 15:20:52','','IMG_0834','','inherit','open','open','','img_0834','','','2011-07-28 15:20:52','2011-07-28 15:20:52','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4260,16,'2011-07-28 14:56:45','2011-07-28 14:56:45','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"#\" title=\"#\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \n\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\n\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \n\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \n\n\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \n\n\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \n\n\n\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the \nphoto; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \n\n\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \n\n\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole are, click Apply to see the results. \n\n\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\n\n\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \n\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision','','','2011-07-28 14:56:45','2011-07-28 14:56:45','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4251,16,'2011-07-29 08:00:51','2011-07-29 08:00:51','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews/fx-photo-studio-review-1.html\" title=\"FX Photo Studio App Review\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool (the paint brush) to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the photo; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\r\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','publish','open','open','','how-to-use-the-fx-photo-studio-masking-tool','','\nhttp://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews/fx-photo-studio-review-1.html','2011-07-29 08:30:36','2011-07-29 08:30:36','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4251',0,'post','',0),(4250,16,'2011-07-28 13:25:30','2011-07-28 13:25:30','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\r\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\r\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get panoramic results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\r\n\r\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-10','','','2011-07-28 13:25:30','2011-07-28 13:25:30','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(3722,5,'2011-07-07 08:00:19','2011-07-07 08:00:19','You guys know about Kickstarter right? RIGHT? Well if you don’t, you will by the end of this post. Kickstarter is a very cool website that acts as a funding platform for new and innovative projects. Did you also know that there are some extra clever folks out there who are coming up with brilliant inventions to improve the iPhone camera? These are truly the iPhone accessories of the future and you\'re gonna want at least one of them...if not all of them!  \r\n\r\nIf you’re already familiar with Kickstarter, you may have seen the recent and very successful project Olloclip, a three-way clip-on lens for the iPhone 4. The Olloclip is a quick-connect lens that includes fisheye, macro, and wide-angle in one and the project was over 454% funded, meaning there’s a whole lotta people who want the Olloclip! Don’t worry if you missed the funding, you can sign up on the Olloclip website to be notified when the product hits the market, which frankly, we’re hoping is very very soon. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Olloclip - innovative iPhone accessories\" href=\"http://www.olloclip.com\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"478\" height=\"357\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/olloclip.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Olloclip</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nNext up is Red Pop another popular and already successful project on Kickstarter. Red Pop is an iPhone accessory that adds a big red shutter button to the end of the phone ensuring that you never miss that perfect shot again! Red Pop is a simple, but really effective and stylish bit of kit that makes taking photos on your iPhone that much easier. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Red Pop - innovative iPhone accessories\" href=\"http://www.kickstarter.com/projects/786496402/red-pop\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"478\" height=\"357\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/redpop.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Red Pop</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nMoving on, iShuttr is an iPhone case that turns your camera into a real point & shoot – complete with shutter button, built-in flash, tripod mount, and external battery. What’s particularly good about this project is the external battery as iPhoneography is a battery hungry hobby; so extra battery is a major bonus for anyone who picks up the iShuttr. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"iShuttr - innovative iPhone accessories\" href=\"http://www.kickstarter.com/projects/rhaleluk/ishuttr-the-ultimate-camera-accessory-for-the-ipho?ref=search\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"478\" height=\"357\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ishuttr.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iShuttr</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nNow with the recent announcement of the iOS 5 features coming in the fall which will turn the volume button on the iPhone into a shutter for the native camera does leave us a bit concerned for iShuttr and Red Pop as this simple improvement to the iPhone firmware reduces the need for any external hardware…so we’re very interested to see what happens upon the release of iOS 5 with regards to these two projects. \r\n\r\nAnd last but not least, check out the Dot: 360°, a panoramic lens attachment for the iPhone 4. This useful little gadget attaches to your iPhone in a snap and lets you take immersive, fully navigable panoramic video with your iPhone. And it fits into your pocket when not in use…score!   \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Dot 360 - innovative iPhone accessories\" href=\"http://www.kickstarter.com/projects/dot/dot-360o-video-capture-for-the-iphone-4?ref=live\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"478\" height=\"357\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/dot360.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Dot 360</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n We’ve already got our eye on a few of these, and we expect you will want them too, so get busy pledging! \r\n','Innovative iPhone Accessories - The Future of Your iPhone','','publish','open','open','','innovative-iphone-accessories-the-future-of-your-iphone','','','2011-07-07 09:06:20','2011-07-07 09:06:20','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3722',0,'post','',0),(3723,16,'2011-07-04 12:03:24','2011-07-04 12:03:24','','dot360','','inherit','open','open','','dot360','','','2011-07-04 12:03:24','2011-07-04 12:03:24','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/dot360.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(3724,16,'2011-07-04 12:03:33','2011-07-04 12:03:33','','ishuttr','','inherit','open','open','','ishuttr-2','','','2011-07-04 12:03:33','2011-07-04 12:03:33','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ishuttr.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(3725,16,'2011-07-04 12:03:41','2011-07-04 12:03:41','','olloclip','','inherit','open','open','','olloclip','','','2011-07-04 12:03:41','2011-07-04 12:03:41','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/olloclip.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(3726,16,'2011-07-04 12:03:50','2011-07-04 12:03:50','','redpop','','inherit','open','open','','redpop','','','2011-07-04 12:03:50','2011-07-04 12:03:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/redpop.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4249,16,'2011-07-28 13:11:33','2011-07-28 13:11:33','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\r\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\r\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get panoramic results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\r\n\r\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-9','','','2011-07-28 13:11:33','2011-07-28 13:11:33','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4247,14,'2011-07-28 13:11:11','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Create #awesome #iphone panoramas with @cloudburst_rsch Autostitch app! http://tinyurl.com/3k6ouku','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-28 13:11:11','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4247',0,'tweet','',0),(4248,16,'2011-07-28 13:11:11','2011-07-28 13:11:11','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\r\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\r\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get panoramic results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\r\n\r\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-8','','','2011-07-28 13:11:11','2011-07-28 13:11:11','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4231,16,'2011-07-28 11:23:04','2011-07-28 11:23:04','','hipstamatic1','','inherit','open','open','','hipstamatic1','','','2011-07-28 11:23:04','2011-07-28 11:23:04','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4232,16,'2011-07-28 11:23:15','2011-07-28 11:23:15','','Hipstamatic2','','inherit','open','open','','hipstamatic2','','','2011-07-28 11:23:15','2011-07-28 11:23:15','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Hipstamatic2.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4233,16,'2011-07-28 10:07:30','2011-07-28 10:07:30','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick way to learn the basics? This post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nLet\'s start with the shake-it-up method: \r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n\r\n-	Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo. \r\n-	Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect. \r\n-	Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image. \r\n\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart. The Hipstamart is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nTo select your lens, flash and film simply: \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by  using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of the Hipstamatic How-To Guides. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-6','','','2011-07-28 10:07:30','2011-07-28 10:07:30','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4167,5,'2011-07-27 09:41:03','2011-07-27 09:41:03','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine.jpg\"><img title=\"Pictarine\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine.jpg\" alt=\"Pictarine\" width=\"280\" height=\"100\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"This is the Pictarine Web App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine_logo.jpg\" alt=\"Pictarine App Logo\" /></td>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td>PICTARINE is a great online photo sharing website that helps users organize their many Internet-based photo accounts by connecting them in one place. It’s intuitive, easy-to-use, and best of all, it yours absolutely free! Yes please!<td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Founded in 2009 by Guillaume Martin and Maxime Rafalimanana</li>\r\n	<li>Connect through Picasa, Flickr, or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Also integrated with Instagram and Twitter (TwitPic, Yfrog, and Lockerz)</li>\r\n	<li>“Zests” feature enables users to create albums from photos posted on their social networking sites, stored on their computer, and even photos from friend\'s albums.</li>\r\n<li>Share your albums through Facebook and email</li>\r\n	<li>Access and manage all photos through a single account</li>\r\n	<li>Post comments on images</li>\r\n	<li>Free</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Organized layout</li>\r\n	<li>Very user-friendly - menu options and controls are easy to understand.</li>\r\n	<li>Sharing and downloading photos is fast and convenient</li>\r\n	<li>Add photos from mobile devices, point & shoot, and DSLR cameras</li>\r\n	<li>Selective sharing</li>\r\n	<li>Supports photo tagging</li>\r\n	<li>View friend\'s photos posted from social networking sites</li>\r\n	<li>Have we mentioned its free?</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Simple, but may be a little too simple in terms of features.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Proud beginner\r\n Amateur hobbyist\r\n Advanced users\r\n Professional editors\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPICTARINE is for everyone. Whether you are a newbie, amateur, or pro, if you\'re looking for a way to manage photos from multiple social networking or online accounts this photo sharing solution is for you. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Although it may not sound like its all that groundbreaking, its fast, efficient and convenient. Everything you could want from a photo sharing app.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nPICTARINE makes jumping from one social account to another a thing of the past. \r\n\r\nAll you need to do is register for an account with PICTARINE, add your social networking account details and give PICTARINE access to your accounts, and you\'re ready to go. Log in and start sharing! All of your photo albums are connected in one location so you can easily manage your photos across all of your social networking sites. Upload and download photos with a single click!\r\n\r\nGiven that PICTARINE makes online photo sharing incredibly easy, and it\'s completely FREE, we recommend you give this one a try! \r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.appappeal.com/app/pictarine/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAppeal</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall the website is very well organized and creates an original atmosphere that includes its own artistic flair. The design is very user friendly. Within a few clicks, the user can begin adding contacts from their social networks to share images.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifehacker.com/5823450/pictarine-takes-your-photos-on-various-sharing-sites-and-puts-them-in-one-place\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeHacker</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you\'re frustrated with dealing with a bunch of photo sharing sites, this is a great way to centralize everything very easily.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://mashable.com/2011/07/20/pictarine/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Mashable</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pictarine’s most fetching feature is its highly malleable virtual photo album.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Pictarine - Connect Your Online Photo Sharing Accounts! ','','inherit','open','open','','4095-revision-25','','','2011-07-27 09:41:03','2011-07-27 09:41:03','',4095,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4095-revision-25.html',0,'revision','',0),(3733,14,'2011-07-05 08:02:14','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Get better photos by using the get closer principle! What\'s the Get Closer principle? We\'ll tell you! http://tinyurl.com/3tzw7m2','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-05 08:02:14','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3733',0,'tweet','',0),(3854,16,'2011-07-14 08:00:53','2011-07-14 08:00:53','Have you ever wondered what makes a portrait stand out from all the rest? Some portraits just really pop, where others seem dull and lifeless. What is it about a photo that gives it that spark? What are the elements that bring a portrait to life? Well, more often than not, it’s the eyes. Isn’t it always the eyes? In particular, it’s the catchlight, or the eyelights that make a portrait lively and exaggerate the subject’s expression. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Blushing Bride, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/got2bme/2732085202/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/catchlights1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Blushing Bride</em>\r\nPhoto by Kimberly Brimhall Scott</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nCatchlights are the glimmer or flicker of light captured by the camera in the subject’s eyes. This happens when the principle source of light in the room is caught on camera, animating the subject and making their eyes really come to life. The size and shape of the catchlight depends on the light source and the distance of the source in relation to the subject. \r\n\r\nThere’s no hard and fast rule as to best position of catchlights, it is a matter of personal preference. However, the most typical position for portraiture is the <strong>10 and 2 o’clock</strong> positions, or the upper corners of the iris, this creates the most “natural” looking eye. There are many ways to adjust the position of the eyelights, or enhance them to create interesting effects. Using reflectors and umbrella lights can produce dramatic results, but can also produce several catchlights which might over-exaggerate the eye causing the portrait to look unnatural. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Portrait Of A Girl, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/kristjanfreyr/4986127412/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/catchlights2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Portrait Of A Girl</em>\r\nPhoto by Kristjan Freyr</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nUltimately, for most casual photographers it is more effective to take note of the position of the light source and work with what is available to you at the time. If you happen to have a reflector with you, move it around the subject or place it on the subjects lap and test the way it affects the light source and the resulting catchlights. \r\n','Make Your Portraits Pop With Catchlights!','','publish','open','open','','make-your-portraits-pop-with-catchlights','','','2011-07-13 11:35:13','2011-07-13 11:35:13','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3854',0,'post','',0),(3735,16,'2011-07-11 08:00:02','2011-07-11 08:00:02','2010 and 2011 will probably go down in the history books for the years that Apple practically dominated the technology world, with the release of the iPhone 4 and iPad 2 they stole most of the headlines, and deservedly so. But many users, including photographers have questioned whether the two devices are competitive or complimentary? Despite running the same operating systems, the two are similar enough to work as a complimentary pair but distinctively different enough to both be useful in their own right. So we wanted to put this out to all casual and pro photographers out there: iPhone vs iPad, or both?   \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nLooking at the two in terms of photography, it’s easy to see how users could fall into one of two camps. The iPhone is far more portable, with better photo quality (as far as the iPad 2 is concerned), and it is more affordable as the apps are much cheaper.\r\n\r\nOn the other hand, the iPad makes photo viewing and editing much easier with its larger screen. But essentially there is no way to separate the two; they are so closely linked that it would be foolish to say they did not work well together.  \r\n\r\n<strong>In terms of quality the iPhone is far better suited to taking photos than the iPad 2.</strong> Not only is the pixel resolution and glass quality superior to that of the iPad, but the shooting experience is better as the size is comparable to that of a point & shoot. Sure, you can shoot photos with the iPad, but most photographers report that the camera is bulky, hard to maneuver, and poor quality with a measly .7 megapixel camera. Frankly, the photos from the iPad don’t hold a candle to the iPhone 2, let alone the 3Gs or the iPhone 4.\r\n\r\nUltimately, it’s no surprise that most users have given up on the iPad as a camera and now stick to using it strictly as a viewing and editing device – among its many other uses, of course. \r\n\r\n<strong>That said, the iPad does have a few things going for it in terms of viewing and editing.</strong> The larger screen allows for greater control when working with images, it also means the software can afford to be more complex. Although more complex software does also mean more expensive software, on the whole editing is much easier and more convenient on the iPad when compared to the iPhone. Further to that, viewing photos on the iPad is easier with the larger screen, and more fun to pass around while sharing with friends. Not to mention the portable size of the iPad (compared to laptops) is great for taking to meetings to showing prospective clients photos and other visual presentations. \r\n\r\nIn the end, yes the iPhone and the iPad are different enough to be useful on their own, but together they work as a mobile power combo for photographers (and everyone else too).\r\n\r\n<strong>Shoot with the iPhone, edit and share with the iPad!</strong> And what’s better, the iPad can serve as a very useful back-up tool for those of you who might otherwise forget to back-up your iPhone photos! \r\n','Photographers: iPhone vs iPad, or Both?','','publish','open','open','','photographers-iphone-vs-ipad-or-both','','','2011-07-08 11:49:18','2011-07-08 11:49:18','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3735',0,'post','',0),(3736,16,'2011-07-05 16:53:09','2011-07-05 16:53:09','','ipadiphone','','inherit','open','open','','ipadiphone','','','2011-07-05 16:53:09','2011-07-05 16:53:09','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4234,16,'2011-07-28 11:30:36','2011-07-28 11:30:36','','hipstamatic3','','inherit','open','open','','hipstamatic3','','','2011-07-28 11:30:36','2011-07-28 11:30:36','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4230,16,'2011-07-28 10:07:08','2011-07-28 10:07:08','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick way to learn the basics? This post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nLet\'s start with the shake-it-up method: \r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n\r\n-	Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo. \r\n-	Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect. \r\n-	Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image. \r\n\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart. The Hipstamart is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nTo select your lens, flash and film simply: \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by  using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of the Hipstamatic How-To Guides. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-5','','','2011-07-28 10:07:08','2011-07-28 10:07:08','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4227,5,'2011-07-27 18:21:40','2011-07-27 18:21:40','[styledbox type=\"shadowbottom\"] <div align=\"center\">[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\">iPhone Tips & Tuts</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphonetuts.png\" title=\"iPhone Photographer Tips & Tuts\" alt=\"For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\">App Reviews</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"App Reviews\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appreviews.png\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\" alt=\"App Reviews For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\">Accessories</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/accessories.png\" title=\"iPhone Accessories\" alt=\"Accessories For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\">App Guides</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appguides.png\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\" alt=\"App Guides For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns_last]</div>\r\n<p><h2>Check Out The Cartoons...</h2></p>\r\n[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Where The Heck Is That Car?\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/1.png\" ] [/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"How Not To Impress A Lady\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/2.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Caught Red-Handed!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/4.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Birthday Wishes!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/5.png\" ][/four_columns_last] [/styledbox] \r\n<h2>What\'s New In iPhone Photography...</h2>[postgallery_slider content=\"textimage\"  categories=\"46,54\" undefined id=\"0\"  imgheight=\"163\" imgwidth=\"290\" height=\"440\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" excerpt=\"40\" /] [hozbreaktop]','iPhone Photography','','inherit','open','open','','2663-revision-7','','','2011-07-27 18:21:40','2011-07-27 18:21:40','',2663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/2663-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4226,5,'2011-07-27 18:21:09','2011-07-27 18:21:09','[styledbox type=\"shadowbottom\"] <div align=\"center\">[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\">iPhone Tips & Tuts</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphonetuts.png\" title=\"iPhone Photographer Tips & Tuts\" alt=\"For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\">App Reviews</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"App Reviews\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appreviews.png\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\" alt=\"App Reviews For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\">Accessories</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/accessories.png\" title=\"iPhone Accessories\" alt=\"Accessories For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\">App Guides</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appguides.png\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\" alt=\"App Guides For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns_last]</div>\r\n<p><h2>Check Out The Cartoons...</h2></p>\r\n[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Where The Heck Is That Car?\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/1.png\" ] [/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"How Not To Impress A Lady\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/2.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Caught Red-Handed!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/4.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Birthday Wishes!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/5.png\" ][/four_columns_last] [/styledbox] \r\n<h2>What\'s New In iPhone Photography...</h2>[postgallery_slider content=\"textimage\"  categories=\"46,54\" undefined id=\"0\"  imgheight=\"163\" imgwidth=\"290\" height=\"440\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" excerpt=\"40\" /] [hozbreaktop]','iPhone Photography','','inherit','open','open','','2663-revision-6','','','2011-07-27 18:21:09','2011-07-27 18:21:09','',2663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/2663-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(3740,16,'2011-07-08 10:12:36','2011-07-08 10:12:36','Can you believe there was a time when technical skeptics predicted that video chatting would never take off? Seems absurd now that nearly every new computer is sold with a webcam and Skype has pretty much changed the way the whole world communicates.\r\n\r\nWith Apple’s introduction of the front-facing camera on the iPhone 4, they’ve taken video calls to the next level. It seems like such a simple thing, now that someone has actually done it. Leave it to Apple, eh? \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"So Fkn Facetime, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/48986856@N00/4795579723/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/facetime3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>So Fkn Facetime</em>\r\nPhoto by Thomas Lint</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<h4>What’s so cool about the iPhone 4 front facing camera?</h4> \r\n\r\nWell, for starters, <strong>your webcam now goes anywhere you go.</strong> Video chatting is literally a matter of having a connection that is fast enough to handle video chat, either Wi-Fi or 3G. With Apple’s built-in Facetime software, there’s no need to set up an account, simply plug and play, as it were.\r\n\r\nBut if you prefer to use the front-facing camera with other video chatting programs, that’s just as simple. Many chatting and camera apps work with the front-facing camera. For most, video chatting is the main draw of the front-facing camera – and serves as a great way of bringing far away friends and family a little bit closer together. \r\n\r\nBut the usefulness of the front-facing camera doesn’t stop at video calling, oh no, it goes much further than that. It’s great for taking self-portraits or group photos with friends.\r\n\r\nOn previous versions of the iPhone the back-facing camera made it very awkward, if not practically impossible to get good self-portraits. Now all you need to do is turn on the front-facing camera and you can see yourself in the screen – how useful is that?\r\n\r\nA quick tip to consider when taking self-portraits is to <strong>be sure you are looking at straight in the lens of the front facing camera rather than the retina display (i.e. the screen). If you take a photo while looking into the retina display, it will appear as if you’re not looking directly into the camera. </strong> \r\n\r\n<h4>Of course, it doesn’t stop there – your front facing camera will come in handy if you need to:</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Send a video message or email. </li>\r\n<li>Practice a presentation. </li>\r\n<li>Create a vlog, or vodcast.</li>\r\n<li>Check if you have spinach in your teeth after lunch.</li>\r\n<li>Check you your hair front and back when you come out of the hair dresser.</li>\r\n<li>Put your lipstick on.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<h4>While you’re at it, check out these cool apps that use the front-facing camera:</h4> \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/everyday/id398081659?mt=8\" title=\"Everyday for iPhone\" target=\"_blank\">Everyday for iPhone</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/ustream-live-broadcaster/id319362690?mt=8\" title=\"UStream Broadcast for iPhone\" target=\"_blank\">UStream Broadcaster</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/mirror-front-facing-camera/id378759188?mt=8\" title=\"Mirror using front facing camera on iPhone\" target=\"_blank\">Mirror</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]	 	 \r\n\r\n<h4>What’s your favorite front-facing camera app?</h4> \r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','Why The iPhone 4 Front Facing Camera Is Totally Awesome','','publish','open','open','','why-the-iphone-4-front-facing-camera-is-totally-awesome','','','2011-07-08 11:46:43','2011-07-08 11:46:43','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3740',0,'post','',0),(3741,16,'2011-07-05 17:15:10','2011-07-05 17:15:10','','facetime3','','inherit','open','open','','facetime3','','','2011-07-05 17:15:10','2011-07-05 17:15:10','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/facetime3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4989,16,'2011-08-30 13:43:10','2011-08-30 13:43:10','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\"><img title=\"\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\" alt=\"Phoster Screen Shots\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-5','','','2011-08-30 13:43:10','2011-08-30 13:43:10','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4225,5,'2011-07-27 18:08:30','2011-07-27 18:08:30','[styledbox type=\"shadowbottom\"] <div align=\"center\">[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\">iPhone Tips & Tuts</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphonetuts.png\" title=\"iPhone Photographer Tips & Tuts\" alt=\"For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\">App Reviews</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"App Reviews\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appreviews.png\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\" alt=\"App Reviews For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\">Accessories</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/accessories.png\" title=\"iPhone Accessories\" alt=\"Accessories For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\">App Guides</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appguides.png\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\" alt=\"App Guides For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns_last]</div>\r\n<p><h2>Check Out The Cartoons...</h2></p>\r\n[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Where The Heck Is That Car?\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/1.png\" ] [/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"How Not To Impress A Lady\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/2.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Caught Red-Handed!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/4.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Birthday Wishes!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/5.png\" ][/four_columns_last] [/styledbox] \r\n<h2>What\'s New In iPhone Photography...</h2>[postgallery_slider content=\"textimage\"  categories=\"46,54\" undefined id=\"0\"  imgheight=\"163\" imgwidth=\"290\" height=\"440\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" excerpt=\"40\" /] [hozbreaktop]','iPhone Photography','','inherit','open','open','','2663-revision-5','','','2011-07-27 18:08:30','2011-07-27 18:08:30','',2663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/2663-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4990,16,'2011-08-30 13:44:48','2011-08-30 13:44:48','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\"><img title=\"\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\" alt=\"Phoster Screen Shots\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-6','','','2011-08-30 13:44:48','2011-08-30 13:44:48','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4223,16,'2011-09-26 14:58:32','2011-09-26 14:58:32','[styledbox type=\"shadowbottom\"] <div align=\"center\">[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips &amp; Tuts\">iPhone Tips & Tuts</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphonetuts.png\" title=\"iPhone Photographer Tips & Tuts\" alt=\"For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/iphone-camera-application-reviews\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\">App Reviews</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/iphone-camera-application-reviews\" title=\"App Reviews\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appreviews.png\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\" alt=\"App Reviews For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\">Accessories</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/accessories.png\" title=\"iPhone Accessories\" alt=\"Accessories For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/iphoneography-with\" title=\"iPhoneography With\">iPhoneography With...</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/iphoneography-with\" title=\"iPhoneography With\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/iphoneography.png\" title=\"iPhoneography With...\" alt=\"Interviews with iPhoneographers\"></a>[/four_columns_last]</div>\n[hozbreak]<h2>What\'s New In iPhone Photography...</h2>[postgallery_slider content=\"textimage\"  categories=\"46,54\" undefined id=\"0\"  imgheight=\"163\" imgwidth=\"290\" height=\"440\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" excerpt=\"40\" /] [hozbreaktop]\n<p><h2>Check Out The Cartoons...</h2></p>\n[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [lightbox href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/1.png\" modal=\"true\" autoresize=\"false\"  title=\"Where The Heck Is That Car?\"] [imageeffect width=\"188\" height=\"188\" alt=\"Where The Heck Is That Car?\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/1.png\"  ] [/lightbox] [/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [lightbox href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/2.png\" modal=\"true\" autoresize=\"false\"  title=\"How Not To Impress A Lady\"] [imageeffect width=\"188\" height=\"188\" alt=\"How Not To Impress A Lady\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/2.png\"  ] [/lightbox]\n [/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][lightbox href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/4.png\" modal=\"true\" autoresize=\"false\"  title=\"Caught Red Handed\"] [imageeffect width=\"188\" height=\"188\" alt=\"Caught Red Handed\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/4.png\"  ] [/lightbox]\n[/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][lightbox href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/5.png\" modal=\"true\" autoresize=\"false\"  title=\"Birthday Wishes!\"] [imageeffect width=\"188\" height=\"188\" alt=\"Birthday Wishes!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/5.png\"  ] [/lightbox][/four_columns_last] [/styledbox] \n\n[scrollcheckpoint checkpoint_text=\'test\' title=\'Test\' width=\'100%\' height=\'30\' pos_x=\'center\' orientation=\'vertical\' direction=\'up\']TEST TEST [/scrollcheckpoint]','iPhone Photography','','inherit','open','open','','2663-autosave','','','2011-09-26 14:58:32','2011-09-26 14:58:32','',2663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/2663-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4222,5,'2011-07-27 17:57:58','2011-07-27 17:57:58','[styledbox type=\"shadowbottom\"] <div align=\"center\">[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\">iPhone Tips & Tuts</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphonetuts.png\" title=\"iPhone Photographer Tips & Tuts\" alt=\"For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\">App Reviews</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"App Reviews\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appreviews.png\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\" alt=\"App Reviews For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\">Accessories</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/accessories.png\" title=\"iPhone Accessories\" alt=\"Accessories For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\">App Guides</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appguides.png\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\" alt=\"App Guides For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns_last]</div>\r\n<p><h2>Check Out The Cartoons...</h2></p>\r\n[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Where The Heck Is That Car?\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/1.png\" ] [/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"How Not To Impress A Lady\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/2.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Caught Red-Handed!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/4.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Birthday Wishes!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/5.png\" ][/four_columns_last] [/styledbox] \r\n<h2>What\'s New In iPhone Photography...</h2>[postgallery_slider content=\"textimage\"  categories=\"46,54\" undefined id=\"0\"  imgheight=\"163\" imgwidth=\"290\" height=\"440\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" excerpt=\"40\" /] [hozbreaktop]','iPhone Photography','','inherit','open','open','','2663-revision-4','','','2011-07-27 17:57:58','2011-07-27 17:57:58','',2663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/2663-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4221,5,'2011-07-26 16:58:26','2011-07-26 16:58:26','[styledbox type=\"shadowbottom\"] <div align=\"center\">[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\">iPhone Tips & Tuts</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphonetuts.png\" title=\"iPhone Photographer Tips & Tuts\" alt=\"For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\">App Reviews</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews\" title=\"App Reviews\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appreviews.png\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\" alt=\"App Reviews For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\">Accessories</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/accessories.png\" title=\"iPhone Accessories\" alt=\"Accessories For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\">App Guides</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appguides.png\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\" alt=\"App Guides For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns_last]</div>\r\n<p><h2>Check Out The Cartoons...</h2></p>\r\n[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Where The Heck Is That Car?\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/1.png\" ] [/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"How Not To Impress A Lady\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/2.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Caught Red-Handed!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/4.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Birthday Wishes!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/5.png\" ][/four_columns_last] [/styledbox] \r\n<h2>What\'s New In iPhone Photography...</h2>[postgallery_slider content=\"textimage\"  categories=\"46,54\" undefined id=\"0\"  imgheight=\"163\" imgwidth=\"290\" height=\"440\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" excerpt=\"40\" /] [hozbreaktop]','iPhone Photography','','inherit','open','open','','2663-revision-3','','','2011-07-26 16:58:26','2011-07-26 16:58:26','',2663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/2663-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4228,16,'2011-07-28 09:33:18','2011-07-28 09:33:18','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick way to learn the basics? This post is for you! \n\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \n\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \n\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\nLet\'s start with the shake-it-up method: \n\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \n\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \n\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \n\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \n\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \n\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n\n\n\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide ','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-3','','','2011-07-28 09:33:18','2011-07-28 09:33:18','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4220,16,'2011-07-27 14:58:12','2011-07-27 14:58:12','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick way to learn the basics? This post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nLet\'s start with the shake-it-up method: \r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide ','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-2','','','2011-07-27 14:58:12','2011-07-27 14:58:12','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4242,16,'2011-07-28 11:52:36','2011-07-28 11:52:36','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitches them into a seamless panorama.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images</li>\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\n	<li>Resulting photo can be cropped manually or automatically</li>\n	<li>Panoramas can be shared to others via email or Facebook</li>\n	<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Neat layout</li>\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken using an iPhone</li>\n	<li>Users can create panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Tendency to commit ghosting</li>\n	<li>Some area/s of a stitched photo may not appear sharp</li>\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into nice-looking panoramas and wide-angle shots. More advanced stitching programs like Photoshop is recommended for the pro users as the very basic features of the app may leave them wanting more.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably the most basic app out there but it is also one of the most useful.\n\nWith AUTOSTITCH, you need not to take a few steps back so you can capture more details of a scene. Thanks to this app, you won’t be restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera. Just launch this app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it affords users to spend less time tinkering with the photo and more time to enjoy shooting many subjects. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\n\nSure AUTOSTITCH also has its share of shortcomings, particularly some ghosting and blurring on an area of of an image. But if the photo is viewed on sites such as Facebook, the said effect in unnoticeable at all. It would have been great as well had AutoStitch been equipped with a stand-alone camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then go to AutoStitch to render them.\n\nBut for just two bucks, considering all the pros of the app, it’s money well-spent!\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n&nbsp;\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-4','','','2011-07-28 11:52:36','2011-07-28 11:52:36','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4219,16,'2011-07-27 14:53:27','2011-07-27 14:53:27','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick way to learn the basics? This post is for you! \n\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \n\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \n\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\nLet\'s start with the shake-it-up method: \n\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \n\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \n\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \n\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \n\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \n\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n\n\n\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide ','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision','','','2011-07-27 14:53:27','2011-07-27 14:53:27','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4216,16,'2011-07-27 13:10:32','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','We\'re launching an awesome new series of  iPhoneographer interviews! Kicking it off with Teri Lou Dantzler! http://tinyurl.com/3kgj7kg','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-27 13:10:32','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4216',0,'tweet','',0),(4217,16,'2011-07-26 17:05:12','2011-07-26 17:05:12','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitches them into a seamless panorama.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images</li>\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\n	<li>Resulting photo can be cropped manually or automatically</li>\n	<li>Panoramas can be shared to others via email or Facebook</li>\n	<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Neat layout</li>\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken using an iPhone</li>\n	<li>Users can create panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Tendency to commit ghosting</li>\n	<li>Some area/s of a stitched photo may not appear sharp</li>\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into nice-looking panoramas and wide-angle shots. More advanced stitching programs like Photoshop is recommended for the pro users as the very basic features of the app may leave them wanting more.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably the most basic app out there but it is also one of the most useful.\n\nWith AUTOSTITCH, you need not to take a few steps back so you can capture more details of a scene. Thanks to this app, you won’t be restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera. Just launch this app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it affords users to spend less time tinkering with the photo and more time to enjoy shooting many subjects. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\n\nSure AUTOSTITCH also has its share of shortcomings, particularly some ghosting and blurring on an area of of an image. But if the photo is viewed on sites such as Facebook, the said effect in unnoticeable at all. It would have been great as well had AutoStitch been equipped with a stand-alone camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then go to AutoStitch to render them.\n\nBut for just two bucks, considering all the pros of the app, it’s money well-spent!\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n&nbsp;\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make creative panoramas via your iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-3','','','2011-07-26 17:05:12','2011-07-26 17:05:12','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4215,16,'2011-07-27 13:04:44','2011-07-27 13:04:44','Hey check it out...we\'ve got a new series of iPhoneographer interviews just for you! To kick things off we\'re very happy to introduce Teri Lou Dantzler, a fantastic iPhoneographer from Washington! It\'s great to have Teri onboard, enjoy the interview, and more to come very soon! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"448\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri5.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"245\"  alt=\"Teri 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"500\"  alt=\"Teri 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri4.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"443\"  alt=\"Teri 6\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.png\"  ]','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-26','','','2011-07-27 13:04:44','2011-07-27 13:04:44','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-26.html',0,'revision','',0),(3757,16,'2011-07-13 08:00:15','2011-07-13 08:00:15','With over 400,000 (yes, that’s four hundred THOUSAND) apps in the iTunes app store it’s tough, if not totally impossible to weed through all the junk and find the best photography apps. Sure, the top selling charts are a pretty good indication of what’s hot and what’s not, but even so there are a lot of factors to take into consideration before purchasing. That’s not to mention that as a photographer you’ve probably got a workflow or a “style” in which you shoot. Perhaps you brought that workflow over from your digital camera, but it’s more likely that you’ve created a new workflow for taking photos on the iPhone given the benefits and limitations of the phone. So what apps are best for you?  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"i phone, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/wodkawarrior/3647004592/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonephotographyapps.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>i phone</em>\r\nPhoto by Dennis Fischer</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" /\r\n\r\niPhone photography apps are generally separated into four different categories: Shoot, Edit, Share or All-in-one. In most cases an app that would be classified as a shooting app also has elements of other types of apps. In fact, to remain competitive most apps include many features from all four categories. So with all this choice, and crossover between the types of photography apps – how do you choose the ones that will be most useful to you? \r\n\r\n<strong>Shooting apps</strong> are designed to work with the images that you capture within the app, or to change the way you shoot photos on the iPhone. They may include several different shooting options or they may be single purpose. This also includes apps that take photos on a time lapse sequence, panoramic photos or HDR photos (for those who want to go beyond the iPhone 4\'s unimpressive HDR feature).  \r\n \r\n<strong>Editing suites</strong>, or <strong>effect editing apps</strong> are often a collection of adjustments, filters, and sets of effects to edit the photos that already exist on the phone. These apps are like Photoshop for your phone – heck there’s even a Photoshop Express app! \r\n\r\n<strong>Sharing apps</strong> do just that – share the photos that you take and edit on your iPhone. \r\n\r\nAnd finally, as the name suggests, <strong>All-in-one apps</strong> combine all of the shooting and editing functions into one package. \r\n\r\nDepending on your iPhone photography style, you may be a single-function app person or you may favor the all-in-one. But let’s face it, a full to bursting collection of apps is inevitable for fans of iPhone photography. The good folks at iTunes have a special knack for making new apps so appealing that we just have to download them…it’s only $0.59 right? All those $0.59\'s add up people! Take it from someone who knows! \r\n\r\n<h4>With that in mind, here are a few things to consider when purchasing your next photography apps:</h4> \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does the app do something new and different to the other apps you are using? It’s worth taking note of what apps you have, and taking a second look at the interface or instructions again to see if the apps you already have meet your needs.</li>\r\n<li>Does the app help overcome the limitations of the iPhone in terms of your shooting style? Perhaps you like to shoot with the native camera app but use an editing suite to enhance your photos. In that case, purchasing an all-in-one camera app just for the effects is a bit of a waste. Why not find a better editing suite instead?</li>\r\n<li>Does the app make you a better photographer? What tips, tricks or techniques can you learn from using the app, if any?</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]	 \r\n\r\n<h4>Other factors to consider before buying the app:</h4> \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Stability of the app. What do other users say? Are there any reviews or feedback you can use to make an informed decision. </li>\r\n<li>User interface. Is the app easy to navigate and simple to use? If you can, do a bit of research before hitting that INSTALL button as there’s nothing worse than paying for an app that is more complicated than it needs to be!</li>\r\n<li>Cost. Do the features of the app measure up to the cost? Are there several add-on features to be purchased within the app to make it fully functional?</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]	\r\n','Choose The Best Photography Apps For The Way You Shoot','','publish','open','open','','choose-the-best-photography-apps-for-the-way-you-shoot','','','2011-07-08 11:51:18','2011-07-08 11:51:18','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3757',0,'post','',0),(3759,14,'2011-07-06 08:00:37','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','What camera angle do you use the most? Here\'s a few options: http://tinyurl.com/694ojyz','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-06 08:00:37','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3759',0,'tweet','',0),(4214,16,'2011-07-27 12:47:32','2011-07-27 12:47:32','<img src=\"#\" title=\"\" alt=\"\">\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"448\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri5.png\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"250\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri4.png\"  ]\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.png\"  ] ','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-25','','','2011-07-27 12:47:32','2011-07-27 12:47:32','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-25.html',0,'revision','',0),(3762,16,'2011-07-06 09:17:27','2011-07-06 09:17:27','','iphonephotographyapps','','inherit','open','open','','iphonephotographyapps','','','2011-07-06 09:17:27','2011-07-06 09:17:27','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonephotographyapps.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4213,5,'2011-07-27 12:37:20','2011-07-27 12:37:20','<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri5.png\" title=\"\" alt=\"\">\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"448\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri5.png\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.png\"  ] ','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-24','','','2011-07-27 12:37:20','2011-07-27 12:37:20','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-24.html',0,'revision','',0),(3765,16,'2011-07-12 08:00:40','2011-07-12 08:00:40','If you’re an iPhone owner and a fan of mobile photography you’ve probably already made up your mind on the iPhone vs. the Point & Shoot debate. But what about the iPhone vs DSLR? Does the iPhone measure up against bigger digital cameras like DSLRs? Is there even any comparison? Well, the simple answer is probably NO…but the real answer is so much more complicated that that. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"iPhone Rules, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/spacebarpark/3849581865/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonedslr1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iPhone Rules</em>\r\nPhoto by Kevin</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nPhotography today encompasses much more than simply taking photos – advancements in photographic technology have made photography (in particular sharing and editing on the fly) a major part of every day life. The simple act of sharing a photo just after you\'ve taken it has changed the way we communicate with friends and family, and mobile photography has become a genre of it’s own. \r\n\r\nJust take a look at the graph below; the iPhone has now surpassed all other cameras as the largest group / type of photo uploaded to Flickr. It still seems pretty absurd to even attempt to compare the two, but it’s very clear that each type of camera has an important role to play, given their individual merits. What you will notice on the graph is the blatent absence of the point & shoot camera. If you were still on the fence as to whether the iPhone had wiped the floor with the point & shoot, let this be your evidence. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Flickr Cameras\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/cameras/\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"187\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/flickrcameras640.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Flickr Cameras</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" /\r\n\r\nSo with the iPhone charging ahead in terms of convenience, and multi-tasking capability – how does it measure up against the DSLR?\r\n\r\n<h4>Let’s take a closer look:</h4>  \r\n[two_columns  ]Pros iPhone:[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Pocketable and portable.</li>\r\n<li>Less intrusive.</li>\r\n<li>Editing apps for touch-ups.</li>\r\n<li>Selection of small interchangeable lenses.</li>\r\n<li>Share your photos on-the-go. </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/two_columns] [two_columns_last  ]Cons iPhone:[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Only 5 megapixels.</li>\r\n<li>Small lenses are no comparison to DSLR lenses.</li>\r\n<li>No control over the shutter speed and aperture.</li>\r\n<li>Small sensor.</li>\r\n<li>Poor image quality in low-light situations.</li>\r\n<li>Images not large enough for printing.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/two_columns_last] \r\n[two_columns  ]Pros DSLR:[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Large sensor.</li>\r\n<li>Fully manual control.</li>\r\n<li>Huge selection of interchangeable lenses.</li>\r\n<li>Professional quality photos for printing.</li>\r\n<li>Great depth of field.</li>\r\n<li>Tack sharp photos.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/two_columns] [two_columns_last  ]Cons DSLR:[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Large.</li>\r\n<li>Heavy, bulky.</li>\r\n<li>Little or no on-camera editing.</li>\r\n<li>Lots of kit to buy / expensive.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/two_columns_last] \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"94.365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/katlightner/5588463207/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonevsdslr.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>94.365</em>\r\nPhoto by katlightner</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nSo what’s the point in all this apples to oranges comparison? It’s simple really; the best camera is the one you have with you. The convenience and portability of the iPhone is forcing photographers to make a conscious choice when leaving the house for a day of casual shooting: take the heavy, bulky DSLR or settle for the iPhone for convenience sake. \r\n\r\n<h4>How has mobile photography changed the way you think about photography??</h4>','iPhone vs DSLR - Is There Any Comparison?','','publish','open','open','','iphone-vs-dslr-is-there-any-comparison','','','2011-07-08 11:50:37','2011-07-08 11:50:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3765',0,'post','',1),(3766,16,'2011-07-06 09:35:24','2011-07-06 09:35:24','','iphonevsdslr','','inherit','open','open','','iphonevsdslr','','','2011-07-06 09:35:24','2011-07-06 09:35:24','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonevsdslr.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3767,16,'2011-07-06 09:36:23','2011-07-06 09:36:23','','flickrcameras','','inherit','open','open','','flickrcameras','','','2011-07-06 09:36:23','2011-07-06 09:36:23','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/flickrcameras.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4212,16,'2011-07-27 12:32:55','2011-07-27 12:32:55','<img src=\"#\" title=\"\" alt=\"\">\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"448\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri5.png\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.png\"  ] ','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-23','','','2011-07-27 12:32:55','2011-07-27 12:32:55','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-23.html',0,'revision','',0),(3769,16,'2011-07-06 09:41:35','2011-07-06 09:41:35','','flickrcameras640','','inherit','open','open','','flickrcameras640','','','2011-07-06 09:41:35','2011-07-06 09:41:35','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/flickrcameras640.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(3771,16,'2011-07-06 09:45:21','2011-07-06 09:45:21','','iphonedslr1','','inherit','open','open','','iphonedslr1','','','2011-07-06 09:45:21','2011-07-06 09:45:21','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonedslr1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4210,16,'2011-07-27 12:30:29','2011-07-27 12:30:29','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.png\"  ] ','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-21','','','2011-07-27 12:30:29','2011-07-27 12:30:29','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-21.html',0,'revision','',0),(4211,16,'2011-07-27 12:31:23','2011-07-27 12:31:23','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.png\"  ] ','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-22','','','2011-07-27 12:31:23','2011-07-27 12:31:23','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-22.html',0,'revision','',0),(4209,16,'2011-07-27 12:27:29','2011-07-27 12:27:29','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"  ] ','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-20','','','2011-07-27 12:27:29','2011-07-27 12:27:29','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-20.html',0,'revision','',0),(4208,14,'2011-07-29 15:27:37','2011-07-29 15:27:37','Hey check it out...we\'ve got a new series of iPhoneographer interviews just for you! To kick things off we\'re very happy to introduce Teri Lou Dantzler, an inspiring iPhoneographer from the great state of Washington! It\'s fantastic to have Teri onboard...enjoy the interview, and more to come very soon! <ul>\n\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"448\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri5.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<h4>Teri, tell us a little bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \n<p></p>\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\n\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\n\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \n\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\n\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\n\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"245\"  alt=\"Teri 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri3.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\n\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\nMy top processing apps are: \n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"500\"  alt=\"Teri 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri4.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \n\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\n\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \n\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"443\"  alt=\"Teri 6\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.png\"  ]','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-autosave','','','2011-07-29 15:27:37','2011-07-29 15:27:37','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4207,16,'2011-07-27 12:26:32','2011-07-27 12:26:32','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"  ] \r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-19','','','2011-07-27 12:26:32','2011-07-27 12:26:32','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-19.html',0,'revision','',0),(4206,16,'2011-07-27 12:26:20','2011-07-27 12:26:20','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"  ] \r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-18','','','2011-07-27 12:26:20','2011-07-27 12:26:20','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(4205,16,'2011-07-27 12:24:56','2011-07-27 12:24:56','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-17','','','2011-07-27 12:24:56','2011-07-27 12:24:56','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(4204,16,'2011-07-27 12:23:51','2011-07-27 12:23:51','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wpcontent/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-16','','','2011-07-27 12:23:51','2011-07-27 12:23:51','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(4203,16,'2011-07-27 12:21:33','2011-07-27 12:21:33','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-15','','','2011-07-27 12:21:33','2011-07-27 12:21:33','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(4202,16,'2011-07-27 12:20:35','2011-07-27 12:20:35','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-14','','','2011-07-27 12:20:35','2011-07-27 12:20:35','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(4023,16,'2011-07-21 09:18:11','2011-07-21 09:18:11','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\"><img title=\"montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\" alt=\"Photo Montages with Montager\" width=\"300\" height=\"405\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"This is Montager App\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montagerlogo.png\" alt=\"Montager App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nMontager is a fantastic FREE app for creating photo montages on-the-go!&nbsp;</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>12 different montage styles</li>\r\n	<li>Uses 3 photos per montage</li>\r\n	<li>Easily share montages via email</li>\r\n	<li>Free app, with in-app upgrade</li>\r\n	<li>Low resolution for Free app / high resolution for Pro app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Free</li>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>Great for simple montages</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution good enough for email</li>\r\n	<li>Cheeky hidden toolbar</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Resolution not good enough for print</li>\r\n	<li>Montager watermark on montages made in free version</li>\r\n	<li>Would be nice to have the ability to choose the number of photos for your montage (3 is the default)</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Great free app, useful for those who want to make simple montages to email to friends and family - would be really great if the resolution were higher![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</p>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nAll-in-all Montager is a great, simple easy-to-use photo montage app. The user interface couldn\'t be any easier to use, you simply open up Montager and double-tap one of three areas on the screen to add a photo from your camera roll. The toolbar is brought onto the screen by a single tap, and lets you quickly shuffle through montage styles, add a border, rotate your photos, share your photos, and delete your montage. Montager have added a cool little extra to the app - sending 3 montages via email unlocks a white border option for your photo montages.\r\n\r\nThe biggest drawback to the free version of Montager is the resolution of your saved montages, the default is 480 x 320 pixels, which is really only good enough for web-based viewing, or for email. If you intend to print your montages, you absolutely must go for the Pro version which will set you back $1.99. If you make a lot of montages, would to get rid of the watermark, or you want to print your montages - Pro is the only way to go!\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Montager\" alt=\"We give Montager 3.5 Flashes\">\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\">Learn more about our rating system.</a> ','Photo Montages with Montager','','inherit','open','open','','3095-revision-2','','','2011-07-21 09:18:11','2011-07-21 09:18:11','',3095,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3095-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4193,16,'2011-07-27 12:11:30','2011-07-27 12:11:30','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div>[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"]</div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-12','','','2011-07-27 12:11:30','2011-07-27 12:11:30','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4201,16,'2011-07-27 12:12:39','2011-07-27 12:12:39','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\"  alt=\"Teri Lou Dantzler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-13','','','2011-07-27 12:12:39','2011-07-27 12:12:39','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(4192,16,'2011-07-27 12:10:22','2011-07-27 12:10:22','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div>[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"433\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Teri6.jpg\"]</div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Teri Lou Dantzler</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-11','','','2011-07-27 12:10:22','2011-07-27 12:10:22','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4191,16,'2011-07-27 12:07:22','2011-07-27 12:07:22','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. \r\n\r\nCheck out more of Teri\'s iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://iphoneographywithterilou.blogspot.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography with Teri Lou Dantzler\">iPhoneography with Teri Lou</a>.','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-10','','','2011-07-27 12:07:22','2011-07-27 12:07:22','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(3803,16,'2011-07-07 08:02:53','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','What\'s your favorite iPhone accessory? Check these out, you\'re totally gonna want one... http://tinyurl.com/3pvbqf2','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-07 08:02:53','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3803',0,'tweet','',0),(4190,16,'2011-07-27 12:04:14','2011-07-27 12:04:14','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>\r\nI have lived in WA state my entire life. I have two grown daughters who live about an hour from me. I have loved photography since high school however didn\'t take it seriously until 2004. The iPhone is a great tool for me with my background as an owner of a software development company. I remember when people thought the PC was a toy that would never run a real business, just as many think the iPhone is a toy that doesn\'t take \'real\' photographs.\r\nI got into iPhoneography seriously on October 4th 2010 when I took my first iPhone \'wow\' image with the application \'ProHDR\'. That is when I understood what a powerful tool I was holding in my hand. Shortly afterward I started a private FaceBook iPhoneography Group where photographer\'s around the US - from NY to Hawaii - shared their experiences, knowledge and passion for this relatively new art form. Since October I have been engrossed in capturing and processing on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?</h4> \r\n<p></p>The iPhone/iPad allows me to fulfil the dream I always envisioned for myself. I have always wanted to travel, take photographs and teach. I now do just that. In fact here I am in Iceland sill connected to my current students, blogging, and capturing incredible image on my iPhone.\r\n\r\n<h4>How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\r\n<p></p>The iPhone is different than regular photography because of the complete portability, ease to learn, low cost applications, and ability to simply play with your artistic possibilities. I have become a better artist because of the tools available to me. I have them with me all the time and engross myself in them whenever possible. \r\n\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iPhoneography style? How would you describe it?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I feel I am still creating a style. If I look back on my blogs I see that I don\'t see a pattern or style I see that I am still free flowing. I am focusing always on showing what is possible to my students and blog readers and growing with the possibilities. I am do have a smudging technique that sets me apart from other iPhoneographers that I am still developing with my self portrait images I call, \'My Back Side\".\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n<p></p>I do not think it is important to have an iPhoneography style or a photography style. However I would like to have someone look at a photo of mine and say, \"Hey that is a photograph captured and processed by Teri Lou\" that would be nice someday.\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n<p></p>First of all just like anything, if you want to be good at something, you need to do it a lot through practice and play. Practice to get better, play to enjoy it. In order to practice you must dedicate time. There are several great iPhoneography blogs to look at: <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandlers iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler\'s - iPhone-antics</a>, <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Adventures\">Karen Messick</a>, <a href=\"http://imadigitaldiva.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Lynette Sheppard iPhone Diva\">Lynette Sheppard - iPhone Diva</a>, <a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/\" title=\"iPhoneography\">iPhoneography</a>, <a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/\" title=\"Life in Lofi\">Life in Lofi</a>, among many others. A few people teach iPhoneography including myself online, <a href=\"http://www.danburkholder.com/\" title=\"Dan Burkholder\">Dan Burkholder</a> during one day seminars and workshops, <a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com/\" title=\"Harry Sandler\">Harry Sandler</a> and I will be teaching a 3 day workshop in Washington State: teaching photography apps for the iPhone, iPad and Mac. During the workshop we will be in the field capturing images, processing the in class and printing them on the final day. I am always willing to help and enjoy sharing my passion.\r\n\r\n<h4>Give us some of your top tips for budding iPhoneographers!</h4> \r\n<p></p>1. Download two camera apps: Hipstamatic and TrueHDR. Be sure to set them up for highest resolution. Take a few photos and see what is possible. \r\n<p></p>2. Make sure you sharpen your images before posting them, always important in photography. \r\n<p></p>3. Process your images with a variety of apps. I believe that blending and brushing is what creates the most incredible images and works of art. \r\n<p></p>4. Use a tripod with an iPhone holder and create multi-stitched images using the AutoStitch app.\r\n\r\nI always use a variety of apps in processing my images, my top go to camera apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/pro-hdr/id347104281?mt=8\" title=\"ProHDR\">ProHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/truehdr/id340741871?mt=8\" title=\"#\">TrueHDR</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"SlowShutter\">SlowShutter</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/hipstamatic/id342115564?mt=8\" title=\"Hipstamatic\">Hipstamatic</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/procamera/id300216827?mt=8\" title=\"Pro Camera\">ProCamera</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMy top processing apps are: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/filterstorm/id363449020?mt=8\" title=\"Filterstorm\">Filterstorm</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" title=\"FX Photo Studio\">fxPhotoStudio</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/image-blender/id414544492?mt=8\" title=\"Blender\">Blender</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoartista-oil/id388848929?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Artista\">Photo Artista</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/perfect-photo/id322556359?mt=8\" title=\"Perfect Photo\">PerfectPhoto</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/impression/id364597384?mt=8\" title=\"Impression for iPhone\">Impression</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/touchretouch/id373311252?mt=8\" title=\"Touch Retouch\">TouchRetouch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/dynamic-light/id422494924?mt=8\" title=\"Dynamic Light\">DynamicLight</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" title=\"PhotoForge\">PhotoForge</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/autostitch-panorama/id318944927?mt=8\" title=\"Autostitch\">Autostitch</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/grungetastic/id418140198?mt=8\" title=\"Grungetastic\">Grungetastic</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don\'t have a special recipe or combination but I would say that I use many filters in fxPhotoStudio to blend with when using Blender and also to brush with when using Filterstorm. \r\n\r\nI use a variety of apps because I love the endless possibilities. As I said early I believe that the true artist came out in me when I began processing with the iPhone. To create the incredible images is possible only because of blending and brushing with an opacity brush. I don\'t limit myself at anytime, in fact I am always finding new and creative ways to use the apps. \r\n\r\nOne of the reasons I love to process images on the iPad is the intimate feeling of being connected to my image when brushing my finger across the glass. You can\'t get that when working with a mouse or stylus.\r\n\r\n<h4>What are your hopes for the future of iPhoneography?</h4> \r\n<p></p>I believe we are only at the beginning of what is possible as iPhoneographers. I can\'t image what type of artistic possibilities the iPhone/iPad photographic apps will present to me even a few months from now; but I do know that I will continue to be passionate in my adventure. ','iPhoneography With Teri Lou Dantzler ','','inherit','open','open','','4170-revision-9','','','2011-07-27 12:04:14','2011-07-27 12:04:14','',4170,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4170-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4133,5,'2011-07-23 17:42:45','2011-07-23 17:42:45','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\"><img title=\"Fx Photo Supreme\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/FX-Photo-Supreme.jpg\" alt=\"FX Photo Supreme\" width=\"300\" height=\"450\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"This is FX Photo Studio App\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/fxphotostudio.png\" alt=\"FX Photo Studio App\" />\r\n\r\nWith everything you need to edit your iPhone photos, FX Photo Studio is a truly comprehensive editing suite for the iPhone!&nbsp;</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Slick, intuitive user interface</li>\r\n	<li>Nearly 200 effects and filters</li>\r\n	<li>Layer multiple effects</li>\r\n	<li>High-resolution masking tool</li>\r\n<li>Adjustable parameters</li>\r\n	<li>Import from Facebook or computer</li>\r\n	<li>In-app sharing</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Well organized, high-quality effects</li>\r\n	<li>Simple, easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>Up to 2048 print-quality resolution</li>\r\n	<li>Edit effects on-the-fly</li>\r\n	<li>Set your own effect presets</li>\r\n	<li>Apply effects to specific photo details</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Undo / Redo don\'t show name of effect</li>\r\n	<li>Special FX frames and overlays distort on square images</li>\r\n	<li>Amazing Facts are not photography-related</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With only a few superficial jeers, the FX Photo Studio is one of the best photo editing suits available for the iPhone.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</p>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nWell, the FX Photo Studio is pretty darn cool. There\'s an absolute <em>plethora</em> of high-quality, fun, and interesting effects, overlays, and frames to add to your iPhone photos! With the ability to multi-layer effects, undo and redo the effects, or use the layer mask to apply an effect to just one part of the image, the options seem truly endless. But one of the absolute best things about this app is the adjustable effect parameters which allows you to adjust the effect while still viewing the image, showing you the instant results. If you don\'t like the adjustment just hit cancel and you\'re back to where you began. Another great feature is the ability to take photos within the app, use photos from the camera roll or import photos from Facebook or your documents. \r\n\r\nThere\'s very few drawbacks to the app - the user interface is very simple to use, but we do have a few very small superficial jeers. The first is that it would be really great to see the name of the effect when using the Undo / Redo function. With the ability to layer tons of effects on top of each other it does get difficult to remember what steps you\'ve taken and what effect you used to achieve the look, showing the name of the effect would be a great addition. Also the special effect frame overlays such as the hearts, flowers, or cupids, only work on rectangular landscape-oriented images. Not a huge deal, but would be nice if you could also use them on square images. Lastly, and this one is really quite superficial - there\'s some interesting and fun, amazing to be precise facts that pop up as you use the app, but why aren\'t they photography-related? Over to you Macphun developers. \r\n\r\nStill...we\'re not complaining. This app is all around marvellous. With all of this editing power, do you really need hundreds of editing apps? FX Photo Studio is an absolute must-have!  \r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\nThe Beginners Lens Flash Rating: \r\n<img src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" title=\"FX Photo Studio 4.5 Flash Rating\" alt=\"We give FX Photo Studio 4.5 flashes!\">\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Rating System\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>','FX Photo Studio Review (1)','','inherit','open','open','','4132-revision','','','2011-07-23 17:42:45','2011-07-23 17:42:45','',4132,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4132-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4132,5,'2011-07-23 17:43:11','2011-07-23 17:43:11','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\"><img title=\"Fx Photo Supreme\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/FX-Photo-Supreme.jpg\" alt=\"FX Photo Supreme\" width=\"300\" height=\"450\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"This is FX Photo Studio App\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/fxphotostudio.png\" alt=\"FX Photo Studio App\" />\r\n\r\nWith everything you need to edit your iPhone photos, FX Photo Studio is a truly comprehensive editing suite for the iPhone!&nbsp;</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Slick, intuitive user interface</li>\r\n	<li>Nearly 200 effects and filters</li>\r\n	<li>Layer multiple effects</li>\r\n	<li>High-resolution masking tool</li>\r\n<li>Adjustable parameters</li>\r\n	<li>Import from Facebook or computer</li>\r\n	<li>In-app sharing</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Well organized, high-quality effects</li>\r\n	<li>Simple, easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>Up to 2048 print-quality resolution</li>\r\n	<li>Edit effects on-the-fly</li>\r\n	<li>Set your own effect presets</li>\r\n	<li>Apply effects to specific photo details</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Undo / Redo don\'t show name of effect</li>\r\n	<li>Special FX frames and overlays distort on square images</li>\r\n	<li>Amazing Facts are not photography-related</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With only a few superficial jeers, the FX Photo Studio is one of the best photo editing suits available for the iPhone.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</p>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nWell, the FX Photo Studio is pretty darn cool. There\'s an absolute <em>plethora</em> of high-quality, fun, and interesting effects, overlays, and frames to add to your iPhone photos! With the ability to multi-layer effects, undo and redo the effects, or use the layer mask to apply an effect to just one part of the image, the options seem truly endless. But one of the absolute best things about this app is the adjustable effect parameters which allows you to adjust the effect while still viewing the image, showing you the instant results. If you don\'t like the adjustment just hit cancel and you\'re back to where you began. Another great feature is the ability to take photos within the app, use photos from the camera roll or import photos from Facebook or your documents. \r\n\r\nThere\'s very few drawbacks to the app - the user interface is very simple to use, but we do have a few very small superficial jeers. The first is that it would be really great to see the name of the effect when using the Undo / Redo function. With the ability to layer tons of effects on top of each other it does get difficult to remember what steps you\'ve taken and what effect you used to achieve the look, showing the name of the effect would be a great addition. Also the special effect frame overlays such as the hearts, flowers, or cupids, only work on rectangular landscape-oriented images. Not a huge deal, but would be nice if you could also use them on square images. Lastly, and this one is really quite superficial - there\'s some interesting and fun, amazing to be precise facts that pop up as you use the app, but why aren\'t they photography-related? Over to you Macphun developers. \r\n\r\nStill...we\'re not complaining. This app is all around marvellous. With all of this editing power, do you really need hundreds of editing apps? FX Photo Studio is an absolute must-have!  \r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\nThe Beginners Lens Flash Rating: \r\n<img src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" title=\"FX Photo Studio 4.5 Flash Rating\" alt=\"We give FX Photo Studio 4.5 flashes!\">\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Rating System\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>','FX Photo Studio App Review','','publish','open','open','','fx-photo-studio-review-1','','','2011-07-23 17:43:11','2011-07-23 17:43:11','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4132',0,'post','',1),(4131,5,'2011-07-23 17:41:14','2011-07-23 17:41:14','If you’re into mobile photography you may have seen our post about the iPhone vs the DSLR, well this new iPhone DSLR mount takes iPhone DSLR photography to a new level altogether. The point that the iPhone will never reach DSLR standards is decidedly moot – in that there’s practically no reason to even consider discussing it any further. But…this little device, the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount brings the iPhone and the DSLR one or two giant steps closer together and for those of you who are torn between convenience and quality, this one’s for you. \r\n\r\nCheck it out, it’s an DSLR lens to iPhone adapter. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"The iPhone SLR Mount from Photojojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"427\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nThe PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount lets you connect your favorite DSLR lenses to your iPhone, yes, that’s your telephoto, wide angle, macro, or any other favorite piece of glass. Fan of the fantastic 50mm? Yeah, that one fits too. If you’ve been longing to get better depth of field from your iPhone photos, or use a real-life optical zoom, the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount is for you. So what do you get with the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount? You’ll get a case, a +20 diopter (which is a fancy way of saying a piece of magnifying glass), a depth-of-field adapter, and the lens mount. You’ll have to choose between the Nikon adapter and the Canon based on the lenses you most typically use, but that should be no trouble as most of us DSLR nuts fall distinctly into one of the two camps. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"The iPhone SLR Mount by PhotoJojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"427\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nNow, as far as we can see there are a few caveats to keep in mind when using this little gadget. First off, before you shell out for this bit of kit you’ll need to ensure that your lens has a manually adjustable aperture ring on it, as there’s no option to digitally adjust the aperture. \r\n\r\nFor those of you who are unfamiliar with the anatomy of your DLSR, there is a mirror in the body of the camera that flips the image right side up so that you can see what you are shooting. The iPhone doesn’t have said mirror, so the images taken with the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR mount will be upside down, not a massive problem given the many ways to flip an image on the iPhone. \r\n\r\nYou’ll probably lose a few F-stops with the adapter, but a manual adapter ring will help. If your photos come out a tad too dark you can lighten them up in post-processing. Remember all those editing apps you downloaded? Use them here. \r\n\r\nOther than that, this little bit of kit is one of the first on the market to let you take your prized SLR lenses out and about with your “favorite” camera, or at least with the camera you use all the time. Get photos like the one below...oh yeah! \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Photo Taken With iPhone SLR mount by PhotoJojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"446\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','Completely Radical iPhone DSLR Mount! (1)','','inherit','open','open','','4129-revision-2','','','2011-07-23 17:41:14','2011-07-23 17:41:14','',4129,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4129-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4130,5,'2011-07-23 17:40:10','2011-07-23 17:40:10','If you’re into mobile photography you may have seen our post about the iPhone vs the DSLR, well this new iPhone DSLR mount takes iPhone DSLR photography to a new level altogether. The point that the iPhone will never reach DSLR standards is decidedly moot – in that there’s practically no reason to even consider discussing it any further. But…this little device, the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount brings the iPhone and the DSLR one or two giant steps closer together and for those of you who are torn between convenience and quality, this one’s for you. \r\n\r\nCheck it out, it’s an DSLR lens to iPhone adapter. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"The iPhone SLR Mount from Photojojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"427\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nThe PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount lets you connect your favorite DSLR lenses to your iPhone, yes, that’s your telephoto, wide angle, macro, or any other favorite piece of glass. Fan of the fantastic 50mm? Yeah, that one fits too. If you’ve been longing to get better depth of field from your iPhone photos, or use a real-life optical zoom, the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount is for you. So what do you get with the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount? You’ll get a case, a +20 diopter (which is a fancy way of saying a piece of magnifying glass), a depth-of-field adapter, and the lens mount. You’ll have to choose between the Nikon adapter and the Canon based on the lenses you most typically use, but that should be no trouble as most of us DSLR nuts fall distinctly into one of the two camps. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"The iPhone SLR Mount by PhotoJojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"427\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nNow, as far as we can see there are a few caveats to keep in mind when using this little gadget. First off, before you shell out for this bit of kit you’ll need to ensure that your lens has a manually adjustable aperture ring on it, as there’s no option to digitally adjust the aperture. \r\n\r\nFor those of you who are unfamiliar with the anatomy of your DLSR, there is a mirror in the body of the camera that flips the image right side up so that you can see what you are shooting. The iPhone doesn’t have said mirror, so the images taken with the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR mount will be upside down, not a massive problem given the many ways to flip an image on the iPhone. \r\n\r\nYou’ll probably lose a few F-stops with the adapter, but a manual adapter ring will help. If your photos come out a tad too dark you can lighten them up in post-processing. Remember all those editing apps you downloaded? Use them here. \r\n\r\nOther than that, this little bit of kit is one of the first on the market to let you take your prized SLR lenses out and about with your “favorite” camera, or at least with the camera you use all the time. Get photos like the one below...oh yeah! \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Photo Taken With iPhone SLR mount by PhotoJojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"446\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','Completely Radical iPhone DSLR Mount! (1)','','inherit','open','open','','4129-revision','','','2011-07-23 17:40:10','2011-07-23 17:40:10','',4129,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4129-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4129,16,'2011-07-23 17:41:14','2011-07-23 17:41:14','If you’re into mobile photography you may have seen our post about the iPhone vs the DSLR, well this new iPhone DSLR mount takes iPhone DSLR photography to a new level altogether. The point that the iPhone will never reach DSLR standards is decidedly moot – in that there’s practically no reason to even consider discussing it any further. But…this little device, the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount brings the iPhone and the DSLR one or two giant steps closer together and for those of you who are torn between convenience and quality, this one’s for you. \r\n\r\nCheck it out, it’s an DSLR lens to iPhone adapter. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"The iPhone SLR Mount from Photojojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"427\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nThe PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount lets you connect your favorite DSLR lenses to your iPhone, yes, that’s your telephoto, wide angle, macro, or any other favorite piece of glass. Fan of the fantastic 50mm? Yeah, that one fits too. If you’ve been longing to get better depth of field from your iPhone photos, or use a real-life optical zoom, the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount is for you. So what do you get with the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR Mount? You’ll get a case, a +20 diopter (which is a fancy way of saying a piece of magnifying glass), a depth-of-field adapter, and the lens mount. You’ll have to choose between the Nikon adapter and the Canon based on the lenses you most typically use, but that should be no trouble as most of us DSLR nuts fall distinctly into one of the two camps. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"The iPhone SLR Mount by PhotoJojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"427\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nNow, as far as we can see there are a few caveats to keep in mind when using this little gadget. First off, before you shell out for this bit of kit you’ll need to ensure that your lens has a manually adjustable aperture ring on it, as there’s no option to digitally adjust the aperture. \r\n\r\nFor those of you who are unfamiliar with the anatomy of your DLSR, there is a mirror in the body of the camera that flips the image right side up so that you can see what you are shooting. The iPhone doesn’t have said mirror, so the images taken with the PhotoJoJo iPhone SLR mount will be upside down, not a massive problem given the many ways to flip an image on the iPhone. \r\n\r\nYou’ll probably lose a few F-stops with the adapter, but a manual adapter ring will help. If your photos come out a tad too dark you can lighten them up in post-processing. Remember all those editing apps you downloaded? Use them here. \r\n\r\nOther than that, this little bit of kit is one of the first on the market to let you take your prized SLR lenses out and about with your “favorite” camera, or at least with the camera you use all the time. Get photos like the one below...oh yeah! \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Photo Taken With iPhone SLR mount by PhotoJojo\" href=\"http://photojojo.com/store/awesomeness/iphone-slr-mount/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"446\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />','Completely Radical iPhone DSLR Mount!','','publish','open','open','','awesome-iphone-dlsr-mount-1','','','2011-07-23 17:41:31','2011-07-23 17:41:31','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4129',0,'post','',0),(4128,5,'2011-07-23 17:29:49','2011-07-23 17:29:49','So Google+ seems to be the talk of web town right now! If you’re thinking about moving over from Facebook, but wondering (or dreading) how to move your facebook photos to Google +, this post is for you! We\'ll show you how to move all of your Facebook photo albums in one go, or just move a select few photos! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"277\"  alt=\"Move Facebook Photos To Google+\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/facebooktogoogle.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nThere’s several ways to move your Facebook photos over to Google+ but one of the simplest ways we’ve found is through the Facebook Fotolink app. \r\nFotolink helps you link up all of your online photo accounts and share photos between them. How easy is that? Here’s the step-by-step on how to use it: \r\n \r\n<strong>Step 1:</strong> Visit the <a href=\"https://www.facebook.com/apps/application.php?id=118126158222012\" title=\"Fotolink Facebook App\">Fotolink Facebook App page.</a>  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"114\"  alt=\"Fotolink Facebook App\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Facebook-Fotolink-App.png\" ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<strong>Step 2:</strong> Give Fotolink permission to access your page. \r\n\r\n<strong>Step 3:</strong> From the Fotolink app page, click on the Photo Accounts tab. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Fotolink Photo Accounts Tab\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/step2.jpg\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<strong>Step 4:</strong> Choose the accounts you would like to link – since you’re moving to Google+ be sure to click on Picasa Web Albums. You may need to verify your Picasa account with your details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"420\" height=\"115\"  alt=\"Link Your Accounts With Fotolink\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/linkaccounts.jpg\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<strong>Step 5:</strong> Now you should see your Picasa web albums listed underneath all of My Albums in the sidebar on the left of the app. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"206\"  alt=\"Fotolink Online Accounts\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/myaccounts.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Step 6: </strong>To move photos from one account to another, simply open up one of your Facebook albums, Select All, and Copy. \r\n\r\n<strong>Step 7:</strong> Now create a new Picasa album with the Create New Album link. Input the name and the privacy settings of your new album, open up the album and click Paste. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"294\"  alt=\"Step 6 Fotolink\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Step6.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nThat’s it! Navigate over to your Google + account and you should see the photos you’ve copied over under the Photos tab. \r\n\r\nIf you’re using Google Chrome, an even simpler way of moving your photos is by using the Move Your Photos browser extension. You can install it and move all of your photos (or a selection) quickly with this method too, let’s try it out: \r\n\r\n<strong>Step 1:</strong> Install the <a href=\"https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/idiebfmmkhaffedkhjhapmagabcadjhc\" title=\"Move Your Photos Browser Extension\">Move Your Photos Google Chrome browser extension.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"277\"  alt=\"Move Your Photos \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MoveYourPhotos.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Step 2:</strong> Click on the Move Your Photos extension in the toolbar. \r\n\r\n<strong>Step 3:</strong> Login to Facebook and give Move Your Photos permission to access your page. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"191\" height=\"130\"  alt=\"Move Your Photos Login\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MoveYourPhotosLogin.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Step 4:</strong> You will now be directed to the Move Your Photos extension where you can Check All, Uncheck All, or select individual photos to be uploaded. A yellow stroke around the photo indicates that it is in the queue to be uploaded. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"97\"  alt=\"Move Your Photos Selections\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MoveYourPhotos2.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Step 5:</strong> Once you’ve chosen all of the photos you want to move, scroll down to the bottom of the page and click Upload! \r\n\r\nThe Move Your Photos extension is particularly great if you’ve got a lot of photos to upload and you want to get the job done quickly! \r\n\r\n<strong>So there\'s two really simple ways to move your photos over from Facebook to Google+. Comon\' then, join the revolution. </strong>\r\n','Move Your Facebook Photos to Google+ (1)','','inherit','open','open','','4127-revision','','','2011-07-23 17:29:49','2011-07-23 17:29:49','',4127,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4127-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4127,16,'2011-07-23 17:31:08','2011-07-23 17:31:08','So Google+ seems to be the talk of web town right now! If you’re thinking about moving over from Facebook, but wondering (or dreading) how to move your facebook photos to Google +, this post is for you! We\'ll show you how to move all of your Facebook photo albums in one go, or just move a select few photos! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"277\"  alt=\"Move Facebook Photos To Google+\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/facebooktogoogle.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nThere’s several ways to move your Facebook photos over to Google+ but one of the simplest ways we’ve found is through the Facebook Fotolink app. \r\nFotolink helps you link up all of your online photo accounts and share photos between them. How easy is that? Here’s the step-by-step on how to use it: \r\n \r\n<strong>Step 1:</strong> Visit the <a href=\"https://www.facebook.com/apps/application.php?id=118126158222012\" title=\"Fotolink Facebook App\">Fotolink Facebook App page.</a>  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"114\"  alt=\"Fotolink Facebook App\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Facebook-Fotolink-App.png\" ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<strong>Step 2:</strong> Give Fotolink permission to access your page. \r\n\r\n<strong>Step 3:</strong> From the Fotolink app page, click on the Photo Accounts tab. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Fotolink Photo Accounts Tab\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/step2.jpg\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<strong>Step 4:</strong> Choose the accounts you would like to link – since you’re moving to Google+ be sure to click on Picasa Web Albums. You may need to verify your Picasa account with your details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"420\" height=\"115\"  alt=\"Link Your Accounts With Fotolink\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/linkaccounts.jpg\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<strong>Step 5:</strong> Now you should see your Picasa web albums listed underneath all of My Albums in the sidebar on the left of the app. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"206\"  alt=\"Fotolink Online Accounts\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/myaccounts.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Step 6: </strong>To move photos from one account to another, simply open up one of your Facebook albums, Select All, and Copy. \r\n\r\n<strong>Step 7:</strong> Now create a new Picasa album with the Create New Album link. Input the name and the privacy settings of your new album, open up the album and click Paste. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"294\"  alt=\"Step 6 Fotolink\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Step6.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nThat’s it! Navigate over to your Google + account and you should see the photos you’ve copied over under the Photos tab. \r\n\r\nIf you’re using Google Chrome, an even simpler way of moving your photos is by using the Move Your Photos browser extension. You can install it and move all of your photos (or a selection) quickly with this method too, let’s try it out: \r\n\r\n<strong>Step 1:</strong> Install the <a href=\"https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/idiebfmmkhaffedkhjhapmagabcadjhc\" title=\"Move Your Photos Browser Extension\">Move Your Photos Google Chrome browser extension.</a> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"277\"  alt=\"Move Your Photos \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MoveYourPhotos.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Step 2:</strong> Click on the Move Your Photos extension in the toolbar. \r\n\r\n<strong>Step 3:</strong> Login to Facebook and give Move Your Photos permission to access your page. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"191\" height=\"130\"  alt=\"Move Your Photos Login\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MoveYourPhotosLogin.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Step 4:</strong> You will now be directed to the Move Your Photos extension where you can Check All, Uncheck All, or select individual photos to be uploaded. A yellow stroke around the photo indicates that it is in the queue to be uploaded. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"97\"  alt=\"Move Your Photos Selections\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MoveYourPhotos2.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Step 5:</strong> Once you’ve chosen all of the photos you want to move, scroll down to the bottom of the page and click Upload! \r\n\r\nThe Move Your Photos extension is particularly great if you’ve got a lot of photos to upload and you want to get the job done quickly! \r\n\r\n<strong>So there\'s two really simple ways to move your photos over from Facebook to Google+. Comon\' then, join the revolution. </strong>\r\n','Move Your Facebook Photos to Google+','','publish','open','open','','move-your-facebook-photos-to-google-1','','','2011-09-26 07:53:38','2011-09-26 07:53:38','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4127',0,'post','',0),(4342,14,'2011-08-04 08:00:04','2011-08-04 08:00:04','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\r\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\r\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nThe HIPSTAMATIC app is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting and editing digital. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\r\n\r\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from the HIPSTAMATIC app aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \r\n\r\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Hipstamatic App – Bring On The Retro','','publish','open','open','','hipstamatic-app-bring-on-the-retro','','','2011-08-30 12:28:12','2011-08-30 12:28:12','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4342',0,'post','',0),(4125,5,'2011-07-23 17:28:23','2011-07-23 17:28:23','We all know that a picture is worth a thousand words, which is exactly why sending photos from your iPhone is WAAAAAY more fun than just texting. It’s why socially sharing your photos has become so popular; sending photos from your iPhone or sharing them online is practically a way of life now. It’s because sending someone an image of the ice cream cone you’re about to devour is so much more effective than saying “I’m about to eat some pistachio ice cream, aren’t you jealous?” \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"iPhone Photo, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/33168694@N05/5941924076/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" alt=\"\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphone3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iPhone Photo</em>\r\nPhoto by Anne Schillings Photography</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nWe have become a visually expectant world – we want to see as much as we can, all the time. Sharing images has become the universal way of inviting people to share your life story and for those that find it difficult to say what they need to say with words – a photo can say it all with no words. Forget whether what you’ve got to say fits into 140 characters, or spans the length of two text messages – what’s really important here is that you can get your point across with an image. More and more people are choosing to share photos for the sheer convenience and expressiveness of it.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"iPhone Photo 352/365 , on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/akc77/5053218397/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"375\" height=\"500\" alt=\"\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonephoto2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iPhone Photo 352/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Alexkess</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nMobile sharing has grown exponentially in an incredibly short time. It was not long ago that cell phones could only take calls let alone take photos, edit them on the fly, and send them all around the world in a matter of minutes. In just a few short years photos taken with the iPhone have become the most shared type of photo on Flickr, and despite recent changes to Twitpic’s Terms & Conditions, which has left many users fleeing for other services, they’re still averaging a massive 9 million hits per day. 2010 was an epic year for photo sharing apps like Flickr, Foursquare, Instagram, Path, and many more reaching record downloads. Proving that sending photos from your iPhone has become more important than many other types of photo sharing. We are collectively living the photo sharing lifestyle. \r\n\r\nWhat exactly is the appeal? \r\n\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant sharing allows for instant feedback. </li>\r\n<li>Sharing photos can be more expressive than just words. </li>\r\n<li>The people you share your photos with feel as if they are sharing the experience, not just hearing about it second hand.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don’t know about you, but I almost always click on a tweet that has a photo, for me there’s something far more interesting about seeing what the person sharing has just seen. It makes the whole experience feel much more real. \r\n\r\nHere’s a few practical tips to consider when sharing your photos socially: \r\n\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Take a lot of photos and post them often. People love looking at photos.</li>\r\n<li>Photos that convey a message or show something meaningful will receive a better response from your friends and family. </li>\r\n<li>Create content that other people will want to share. Sharing photos with your friends isn’t just about sharing with one person – it’s about what they might share with their friends too.</li>\r\n<li>Photos you share don’t have to be professional-quality, they only need to express your point or share an emotion. </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"iPhone photos 196, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/34794446@N02/5935987104/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" alt=\"\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonephoto1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iPhone Photos 196</em>\r\nPhoto by Connie</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nGo forth and share your photos people! The world gets smaller every day because of it – and as far as us photo nuts are concerned, that can only be a good thing. \r\n','Photo Sharing Takes Over The World... (1)','','inherit','open','open','','4124-revision','','','2011-07-23 17:28:23','2011-07-23 17:28:23','',4124,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4124-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4124,16,'2011-07-23 17:28:50','2011-07-23 17:28:50','We all know that a picture is worth a thousand words, which is exactly why sending photos from your iPhone is WAAAAAY more fun than just texting. It’s why socially sharing your photos has become so popular; sending photos from your iPhone or sharing them online is practically a way of life now. It’s because sending someone an image of the ice cream cone you’re about to devour is so much more effective than saying “I’m about to eat some pistachio ice cream, aren’t you jealous?” \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"iPhone Photo, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/33168694@N05/5941924076/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" alt=\"\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphone3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iPhone Photo</em>\r\nPhoto by Anne Schillings Photography</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nWe have become a visually expectant world – we want to see as much as we can, all the time. Sharing images has become the universal way of inviting people to share your life story and for those that find it difficult to say what they need to say with words – a photo can say it all with no words. Forget whether what you’ve got to say fits into 140 characters, or spans the length of two text messages – what’s really important here is that you can get your point across with an image. More and more people are choosing to share photos for the sheer convenience and expressiveness of it.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"iPhone Photo 352/365 , on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/akc77/5053218397/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"375\" height=\"500\" alt=\"\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonephoto2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iPhone Photo 352/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Alexkess</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nMobile sharing has grown exponentially in an incredibly short time. It was not long ago that cell phones could only take calls let alone take photos, edit them on the fly, and send them all around the world in a matter of minutes. In just a few short years photos taken with the iPhone have become the most shared type of photo on Flickr, and despite recent changes to Twitpic’s Terms & Conditions, which has left many users fleeing for other services, they’re still averaging a massive 9 million hits per day. 2010 was an epic year for photo sharing apps like Flickr, Foursquare, Instagram, Path, and many more reaching record downloads. Proving that sending photos from your iPhone has become more important than many other types of photo sharing. We are collectively living the photo sharing lifestyle. \r\n\r\nWhat exactly is the appeal? \r\n\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Instant sharing allows for instant feedback. </li>\r\n<li>Sharing photos can be more expressive than just words. </li>\r\n<li>The people you share your photos with feel as if they are sharing the experience, not just hearing about it second hand.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI don’t know about you, but I almost always click on a tweet that has a photo, for me there’s something far more interesting about seeing what the person sharing has just seen. It makes the whole experience feel much more real. \r\n\r\nHere’s a few practical tips to consider when sharing your photos socially: \r\n\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Take a lot of photos and post them often. People love looking at photos.</li>\r\n<li>Photos that convey a message or show something meaningful will receive a better response from your friends and family. </li>\r\n<li>Create content that other people will want to share. Sharing photos with your friends isn’t just about sharing with one person – it’s about what they might share with their friends too.</li>\r\n<li>Photos you share don’t have to be professional-quality, they only need to express your point or share an emotion. </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"iPhone photos 196, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/34794446@N02/5935987104/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" alt=\"\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonephoto1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iPhone Photos 196</em>\r\nPhoto by Connie</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nGo forth and share your photos people! The world gets smaller every day because of it – and as far as us photo nuts are concerned, that can only be a good thing. \r\n','Photo Sharing Takes Over The World...','','publish','open','open','','sending-photos-from-your-iphone-1','','','2011-07-23 17:28:50','2011-07-23 17:28:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4124',0,'post','',0),(4529,16,'2011-08-05 08:51:50','2011-08-05 08:51:50','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\n\nPRO HDR proudly brings high dynamic range (HDR) photography right to your fingertips...anytime, anywhere. No need to painstakingly shoot multiple photos, transfer them to the computer, manually align and tonemap them, do it all on your iPhone.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by eyeApps LLC</li>\n<li>Automatic and Manual HDR modes</li>\n<li>Quickly aligns full-size photos</li>\n<li>Photo Library support</li>\n<li>Save images at 3 or 5 megapixels</li>\n<li>Share HDR outputs through email</li>\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Clean and easy-to-navigate interface</li>\n<li>Option to shoot single HDR photo or multiple shots to be combined into one HDR photo</li>\n<li>Customizable exposure settings</li>\n<li>Alignment is very good</li>\n<li>Accessible tutorial on HDR</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<liShooting and processing time is a tad slow</li>\n<liNot integrated to social media sites like Facebook and Twitter</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPRO HDR is for anyone who wants to try out HDR photography on the iPhone! Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, this app is a must-have as it vastly improves the quality of your shots, even those taken in low-light. Advanced users may still prefer to process HDR photos using Adobe Photoshop for more flexibility but if you’re into HDR on-the-move, this app will surely come in handy. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Arguably, PRO HDR is by far the most intelligent and flexible HDR photo app in the market today.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nPRO HDR has hit the nail on the head when it comes to what users really want from an app - something that offers several options for different shooting circumstances while delivering good results.\n\nWith PRO HDR, iPhoneographers have two shooting options: Automatic HDR and Manual HDR. If you\'re in a hurry or want to avoid taking multiple shots, just choose Auto HDR and all you have to do is to tap on the screen and PRO HDR will do the rest. If you want to flex your creativity, try out the Manual HDR mode which enables you to choose the brightness and darkness for each of the HDR that are captured.\n\nBefore saving the finale image, PRO HDR will give you the freedom to adjust settings such as saturation, brightness, contrast, and tint to get a better output. This is unlike other HDR apps where the final photo is as is – what you shoot is what you get.\n\nSo why did we say that this app is clever? PRO HDR prompts you to instruct him to take a photo of a dark and bright part of a scene. Then it will automatically “align” the pictures and blend it together. The result is an HDR photo that reveals what your eyes see but your iPhone camera could not.\n\nHowever, you may be displeased with the time it takes for the camera to process the shots. It may be difficult for some to stand still while the app is in the rendering stage. But hey, you will be amazed of the results. While these may not be as good as what DSLRs can offer, still these are way above what a regular camera phone can deliver. Between Pro HDR and iPhone 4’s built-in HDR function? Pro HDR blows away the competition by a mile. \n\nIt is such a pity though that the dev hasn’t integrated sharing photos to sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr especially now that online photo sharing is a trend. \n\nOverall, if you do not have any similar app installed in your iPhone yet, we suggest you try this out. At $1.99, we honestly think that it’s quite a bargain already.\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Pro HDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pro HDR 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/1/8/iphone-app-review-pro-hdr-by-robert-barr.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The bottom line is I am in love with this application… For $1.99 I would say everyone that has any interest whatsoever should download this Application.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/pro-hdr-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR has more options and generally takes a better picture than the built in camera HDR, but it does sacrifice a bit of speed and convenience in the process.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://photofocus.com/2010/08/31/pro-hdr-for-iphone-mini-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">PhotoFocus</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR won’t eliminate the need for a DSLR and tripod for serious HDR shooters, but if you just want to have some fun with your iPhone, this app provides a bunch of it for $1.99.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Pro HDR – Shoot Stunning HDR Photos On Your iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4392-revision-4','','','2011-08-05 08:51:50','2011-08-05 08:51:50','',4392,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4392-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4395,14,'2011-08-03 08:36:01','2011-08-03 08:36:01','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPRO HDR proudly brings high dynamic range (HDR) photography right at your fingertips, anytime, anywhere, sans the need for you to painstakingly shoot multiple photos, transfer them to the computer, manually align and tonemap them. You can do all that in your iPhone.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by eyeApps LLC</li>\r\n<li>Automatic and Manual HDR photo capture modes</li>\r\n<li>Quickly aligns full-size photos </li>\r\n<li>Photo Library support</li>\r\n<li>Save images at 3 or 5 megapixels</li>\r\n<li>Share HDR outputs through email</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Clean and easy-to-navigate interface</li>\r\n<li>Option to shoot single HDR photo or multiple shots to be combined into one HDR photo</li>\r\n<li>Allows user to customize exposure setting of each HDR photo</li>\r\n<li>Alignment is pretty much on the spot</li>\r\n<li>Accessible tutorial on HDR</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<liShooting and processing time is a tad slow</li>\r\n<liNot integrated to social media sites like Facebook and Twitter</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR is for anyone who’s shooting a lot of photos using an iPhone. Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, this app is a must-have as it vastly improves the quality of your shots, even those taken in low-light! The advanced users though may still opt to process HDR photos using Adobe Photoshop for more flexibility but if you’re always on the move, this app will surely come handy. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Arguably, PRO HDR is by far the most intelligent and flexible HDR photo app in the market today.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR understands what most users want for an app: something that offers options for different shooting circumstances and delivers good results.\r\n\r\nWith PRO HDR, iPhoneographers have two shooting options: Automatic HDR and Manual HDR. If you don’t feel like taking multiple shots and are in a hurry for a ready result, just choose Auto HDR and all you have to do is to tap on the screen and you’re good to go. If you\'re in the mood to be really creative, there is Manual HDR more which enables you to choose the brightness and darkness for each of the HDR that are captured.\r\n\r\nBefore saving the finale image, PRO HDR will give you the freedom to adjust settings such as saturation, brightness, contrast, and tint to get a better output. This is unlike other HDR apps where the final photo is as is – what you shoot is what you get.\r\n\r\nSo why did we say that this app is clever? PRO HDR prompts you to instruct him to take a photo of a dark and bright part of a scene. Then it will automatically “align” the pictures and blend it together. The result is an HDR photo that reveals what your eyes see but your iPhone camera could not.\r\n\r\nHowever, you may be displeased with the time it takes for the camera to process the shots. It may be difficult for some to stand still while the app is in the rendering stage. But hey, you will be amazed of the results. While these may not be as good as what DSLRs can offer, still these are way above what a regular camera phone can deliver. Between Pro HDR and iPhone 4’s built-in HDR function? Pro HDR blows away the competition by a mile. \r\n\r\nIt is such a pity though that the dev hasn’t integrated sharing photos to sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr especially now that online photo sharing is a trend. \r\n\r\nOverall, if you do not have any similar app installed in your iPhone yet, we suggest you try this out. At $1.99, we honestly think that it’s quite a bargain already.\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/1/8/iphone-app-review-pro-hdr-by-robert-barr.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The bottom line is I am in love with this application… For $1.99 I would say everyone that has any interest whatsoever should download this Application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/pro-hdr-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR has more options and generally takes a better picture than the built in camera HDR, but it does sacrifice a bit of speed and convenience in the process.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://photofocus.com/2010/08/31/pro-hdr-for-iphone-mini-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">PhotoFocus</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR won’t eliminate the need for a DSLR and tripod for serious HDR shooters, but if you just want to have some fun with your iPhone, this app provides a bunch of it for $1.99.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Pro HDR – Shoot stunning HDR photos via your iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4392-revision-3','','','2011-08-03 08:36:01','2011-08-03 08:36:01','',4392,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4392-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4121,5,'2011-07-23 17:25:30','2011-07-23 17:25:30','Did you know there is an amazing photographic subject within a few feet from where you are <em>right now</em>? Macro photography has a great way of making the ordinary look extraordinary. It can make the mundane seem positively fascinating. So not only does macro photography shift your perspective on the world and the subjects you shoot, it’s the most “available” type of photography around! Photographers who favor macro photography are never short of a subject willing to have their photo taken, human or otherwise. \r\n\r\nAs an introduction to macro photography, the technique is also sometimes called close-up photography, or close-focus photography. Macro photographs are images taken from a close distance, with a very shallow focal length, showing great detail and often isolating the subject from the background. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Macro Of A Dragonfly, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/26648442@N04/2693948745/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"383\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro-3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Macro Of A Dragonfly</em>\r\nPhoto by Nomad 147</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nGot you interested? Let’s take a closer look. Heh - see what we did there?\r\n\r\nBy definition, macro lenses express the ratio of size in relation to the subject. What we mean by that is, a ratio of 1:1 creates and image where the subject shown in the photo is the same size it is in real life. The ratio decreases exponentially in steps, where a ratio of 1:2 would show the subject at ½ the size that it is in real life, and so on. \r\n\r\nThat said you don’t necessarily even need a macro lens to shoot macro on your DSLR. Many hobby photographers use a tele-zoom lens in place of a true macro lens. Something in the 55-200mm or 70-300mm range will also have macro capabilities, where the ratio is usually 1:3 or 1:4 rather than 1:1, or 1:2.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Macro / Nature / Water Droplets, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/cubagallery/4985667417/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Macro / Nature / Water Droplets</em>\r\nPhoto by CubaGallery</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nYou can also shoot Macro with a compact camera or a point & shoot. The Macro mode on your camera is located on the mode dial and is likely denoted by an image of a tulip. On a point & shoot camera, the Macro mode changes the optimum focal length of the on-camera lens so that you can get photos at short focal lengths. \r\n\r\n<strong>So whether you’re shooting with a DSLR and macro lens, or a point & shoot here’s a few tips to get you started: </strong>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Depending on the lens you are using, you may need to use a large f-number to ensure that your subject is fully in focus. Because macro lenses have a much narrower plane of focus than other lenses, you will likely need to compensate to get the entire subject in focus.</li>\r\n<li>You might want to think about using an external flash to ensure your photo is well lit and shows good detail.</li>\r\n<li>Because macro photography is so detail-oriented, you need to ensure there’s no chance of camera-shake so get yourself a good tripod! This is really important to capture shots where you may need to use a slower shutter speed to let enough light into the sensor.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Purple Macro, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/doug88888/5823866306/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Purple Macro</em>\r\nPhoto by Doug88888</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n \r\nHave any good Macro tips to share? Do so in the comments below! ','Introduction To Macro Photography  (1)','','inherit','open','open','','4120-revision','','','2011-07-23 17:25:30','2011-07-23 17:25:30','',4120,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4120-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4122,5,'2011-07-23 17:26:40','2011-07-23 17:26:40','Did you know there is an amazing photographic subject within a few feet from where you are <em>right now</em>? Macro photography has a great way of making the ordinary look extraordinary. It can make the mundane seem positively fascinating. So not only does macro photography shift your perspective on the world and the subjects you shoot, it’s the most “available” type of photography around! Photographers who favor macro photography are never short of a subject willing to have their photo taken, human or otherwise. \r\n\r\nAs an introduction to macro photography, the technique is also sometimes called close-up photography, or close-focus photography. Macro photographs are images taken from a close distance, with a very shallow focal length, showing great detail and often isolating the subject from the background. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Macro Of A Dragonfly, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/26648442@N04/2693948745/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"383\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro-3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Macro Of A Dragonfly</em>\r\nPhoto by Nomad 147</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nGot you interested? Let’s take a closer look. Heh - see what we did there?\r\n\r\nBy definition, macro lenses express the ratio of size in relation to the subject. What we mean by that is, a ratio of 1:1 creates and image where the subject shown in the photo is the same size it is in real life. The ratio decreases exponentially in steps, where a ratio of 1:2 would show the subject at ½ the size that it is in real life, and so on. \r\n\r\nThat said you don’t necessarily even need a macro lens to shoot macro on your DSLR. Many hobby photographers use a tele-zoom lens in place of a true macro lens. Something in the 55-200mm or 70-300mm range will also have macro capabilities, where the ratio is usually 1:3 or 1:4 rather than 1:1, or 1:2.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Macro / Nature / Water Droplets, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/cubagallery/4985667417/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Macro / Nature / Water Droplets</em>\r\nPhoto by CubaGallery</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nYou can also shoot Macro with a compact camera or a point & shoot. The Macro mode on your camera is located on the mode dial and is likely denoted by an image of a tulip. On a point & shoot camera, the Macro mode changes the optimum focal length of the on-camera lens so that you can get photos at short focal lengths. \r\n\r\n<strong>So whether you’re shooting with a DSLR and macro lens, or a point & shoot here’s a few tips to get you started: </strong>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Depending on the lens you are using, you may need to use a large f-number to ensure that your subject is fully in focus. Because macro lenses have a much narrower plane of focus than other lenses, you will likely need to compensate to get the entire subject in focus.</li>\r\n<li>You might want to think about using an external flash to ensure your photo is well lit and shows good detail.</li>\r\n<li>Because macro photography is so detail-oriented, you need to ensure there’s no chance of camera-shake so get yourself a good tripod! This is really important to capture shots where you may need to use a slower shutter speed to let enough light into the sensor.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Purple Macro, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/doug88888/5823866306/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Purple Macro</em>\r\nPhoto by Doug88888</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n \r\nHave any good Macro tips to share? Do so in the comments below! ','Introduction To Macro Photography  (1)','','inherit','open','open','','4120-revision-2','','','2011-07-23 17:26:40','2011-07-23 17:26:40','',4120,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4120-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(3824,16,'2011-07-08 11:46:43','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Why The iPhone 4 Front-Facing Camera Is Totally Awesome http://tinyurl.com/3l3bsjs ','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-08 11:46:43','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3824',0,'tweet','',0),(4120,16,'2011-07-23 17:26:40','2011-07-23 17:26:40','Did you know there is an amazing photographic subject within a few feet from where you are <em>right now</em>? Macro photography has a great way of making the ordinary look extraordinary. It can make the mundane seem positively fascinating. So not only does macro photography shift your perspective on the world and the subjects you shoot, it’s the most “available” type of photography around! Photographers who favor macro photography are never short of a subject willing to have their photo taken, human or otherwise. \r\n\r\nAs an introduction to macro photography, the technique is also sometimes called close-up photography, or close-focus photography. Macro photographs are images taken from a close distance, with a very shallow focal length, showing great detail and often isolating the subject from the background. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Macro Of A Dragonfly, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/26648442@N04/2693948745/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"383\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro-3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Macro Of A Dragonfly</em>\r\nPhoto by Nomad 147</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nGot you interested? Let’s take a closer look. Heh - see what we did there?\r\n\r\nBy definition, macro lenses express the ratio of size in relation to the subject. What we mean by that is, a ratio of 1:1 creates and image where the subject shown in the photo is the same size it is in real life. The ratio decreases exponentially in steps, where a ratio of 1:2 would show the subject at ½ the size that it is in real life, and so on. \r\n\r\nThat said you don’t necessarily even need a macro lens to shoot macro on your DSLR. Many hobby photographers use a tele-zoom lens in place of a true macro lens. Something in the 55-200mm or 70-300mm range will also have macro capabilities, where the ratio is usually 1:3 or 1:4 rather than 1:1, or 1:2.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Macro / Nature / Water Droplets, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/cubagallery/4985667417/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Macro / Nature / Water Droplets</em>\r\nPhoto by CubaGallery</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nYou can also shoot Macro with a compact camera or a point & shoot. The Macro mode on your camera is located on the mode dial and is likely denoted by an image of a tulip. On a point & shoot camera, the Macro mode changes the optimum focal length of the on-camera lens so that you can get photos at short focal lengths. \r\n\r\n<strong>So whether you’re shooting with a DSLR and macro lens, or a point & shoot here’s a few tips to get you started: </strong>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Depending on the lens you are using, you may need to use a large f-number to ensure that your subject is fully in focus. Because macro lenses have a much narrower plane of focus than other lenses, you will likely need to compensate to get the entire subject in focus.</li>\r\n<li>You might want to think about using an external flash to ensure your photo is well lit and shows good detail.</li>\r\n<li>Because macro photography is so detail-oriented, you need to ensure there’s no chance of camera-shake so get yourself a good tripod! This is really important to capture shots where you may need to use a slower shutter speed to let enough light into the sensor.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Purple Macro, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/doug88888/5823866306/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/macro2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Purple Macro</em>\r\nPhoto by Doug88888</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n \r\nHave any good Macro tips to share? Do so in the comments below! ','Introduction To Macro Photography','','publish','open','open','','introduction-to-macro-photography-1','','','2011-07-23 17:27:33','2011-07-23 17:27:33','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4120',0,'post','',0),(4410,16,'2011-08-03 10:32:23','2011-08-03 10:32:23','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [two_columns height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox][/two_columns] [two_columns_last height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"]column 2[/two_columns_last]   [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:16px; width:100%\"><center>[gplusone]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[like]</center></div>[/styledbox][/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','New Home Test','','inherit','open','open','','4398-revision-12','','','2011-08-03 10:32:23','2011-08-03 10:32:23','',4398,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4398-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4717,16,'2011-08-13 15:50:02','2011-08-13 15:50:02','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n- Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say I shoot everything with my iPhone, and I do, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n- Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as your own. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though. Style is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo fi effects to their max. There are lots of styles that can be inspired by the iPhone.\r\n\r\n\r\n- What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','iDrops - Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valerie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-3','','','2011-08-13 15:50:02','2011-08-13 15:50:02','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4718,16,'2011-08-13 15:50:25','2011-08-13 15:50:25','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n- Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say I shoot everything with my iPhone, and I do, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n- Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as your own. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though. Style is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo fi effects to their max. There are lots of styles that can be inspired by the iPhone.\r\n\r\n\r\n- What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','iDrops - Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valerie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-4','','','2011-08-13 15:50:25','2011-08-13 15:50:25','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4293,14,'2011-07-29 16:31:44','2011-07-29 16:31:44','Hey check it out...we\'ve got a new series of iPhoneographer interviews just for you! Here is Miss Pixels, a budding iPhoneographer and illustrator from Canada.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels1.jpg\" ]\n\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography. \n<p></p>I am a freelance illustrator and art director. Since I have a bachelor\'s degree in Visual Arts and Graphic Design, I have always been inclined to trying out new technologies, especially when these technologies enable me to create. In 2009, I bought my first iPhone and it was love at first sight: I had finally found a medium combining my passion for technology with my thirst for creativity!\n\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\n<p></p>I had a few traditional photography university courses, but this medium didn\'t really fit with my upbeat personality; I also had trouble being spontaneous while using it and was intimidated by its technical aspects. Contrary to traditional photography, iPhoneography allows me to be spontaneous wherever I am and whatever the occasion, without having to worry about my technique since this device has limitations. In short, I quickly abandoned all the more traditional cameras to concentrate on this new medium, which is the only one I bring when travelling.\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iphoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\nDo I have an iPhoneography style? Yes. My color palette is by definition very expressive and gets people\'s attention. Moreover, I tend to overuse the numerical noise and the grain in an exponential way. My iPhoneographies are also featured in themed series. I think all these elements contribute to my uniqueness, making my pictures different from those taken with conventional mobile devices. If I had to put a label on my style, I would have to call it \"Vivacity 2.0\"!\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iphoneography style?</h4>\nI believe an artist has by definition a style, as he does a personality. It\'s what enables him to propel his creativity field with such strength. The main difference between an artist and an amateur is his ability to create signature visual concepts in a unique language.\n\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels.jpg\" ]\n\n\n<h4>What would you recommend a beginner iphoneographer do to easily get into the move and learn the craft?</h4>\nAs many might concur, joining the social media movement is by far the best way to integrate the iPhoneography community. Attending events and taking part in conversations with people sharing your interests will definitely generate reactions and bring attention to your work.\n\n<h4>What specific tips and tricks (3 to 4), would you share with wannabe iphoneographers? The apps you use and in what combination, if you use several apps to get what you want with one photo? For instance, do you shoot, edit and share with the same app or with different apps or with just one app? In any case, please say why.</h4>\nTip 1 – Always ask yourself whether or not your image is quality worthy of the best before posting it online. The image might seem interesting to you due to the context it was taken in, but might not be of interest to others. For example, it takes great humility to recognize that your cat\'s picture, as cute as it may be, might not entertain someone who has seen 800 pictures just like it. Your main challenge will be to make your cat\'s picture unique and original!\n\nTip 2 – The basics apps I use are FX Photo Studio, TiltShift and PhotoForge. What I like best about FX Photo Studio is the fact that I can save my multi-filter recipe, thus making sure the images in my series have the same graphic signature.\n\nTip 3 – When I want to put emphasis on a certain effect, I process the image several times in the same app, saving the image and then reopening it again. A simple but effective way of doubling or tripling the desired effect!\n\nCheck out more of Miss Pixels’ iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://www.misspixels.com/\" target=\"_blank\">MissPixels</a>.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels2.jpg\" ]','iPhoneography with Mixx Pixels','','inherit','open','open','','4286-revision-2','','','2011-07-29 16:31:44','2011-07-29 16:31:44','',4286,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4286-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4294,14,'2011-07-29 16:36:09','2011-07-29 16:36:09','Hey check it out...we\'ve got a new series of iPhoneographer interviews just for you! Here is Miss Pixels, a budding iPhoneographer and illustrator from Canada.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels1.jpg\" ]\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography.</h4>\nI am a freelance illustrator and art director. Since I have a bachelor\'s degree in Visual Arts and Graphic Design, I have always been inclined to trying out new technologies, especially when these technologies enable me to create. In 2009, I bought my first iPhone and it was love at first sight: I had finally found a medium combining my passion for technology with my thirst for creativity!\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\nI had a few traditional photography university courses, but this medium didn\'t really fit with my upbeat personality; I also had trouble being spontaneous while using it and was intimidated by its technical aspects. Contrary to traditional photography, iPhoneography allows me to be spontaneous wherever I am and whatever the occasion, without having to worry about my technique since this device has limitations. In short, I quickly abandoned all the more traditional cameras to concentrate on this new medium, which is the only one I bring when travelling.\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iphoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\nDo I have an iPhoneography style? Yes. My color palette is by definition very expressive and gets people\'s attention. Moreover, I tend to overuse the numerical noise and the grain in an exponential way. My iPhoneographies are also featured in themed series. I think all these elements contribute to my uniqueness, making my pictures different from those taken with conventional mobile devices. If I had to put a label on my style, I would have to call it \"Vivacity 2.0\"!\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iphoneography style?</h4>\nI believe an artist has by definition a style, as he does a personality. It\'s what enables him to propel his creativity field with such strength. The main difference between an artist and an amateur is his ability to create signature visual concepts in a unique language.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels.jpg\" ]\n<h4>What would you recommend a beginner iphoneographer do to easily get into the move and learn the craft?</h4>\nAs many might concur, joining the social media movement is by far the best way to integrate the iPhoneography community. Attending events and taking part in conversations with people sharing your interests will definitely generate reactions and bring attention to your work.\n<h4>What specific tips and tricks (3 to 4), would you share with wannabe iphoneographers? The apps you use and in what combination, if you use several apps to get what you want with one photo? For instance, do you shoot, edit and share with the same app or with different apps or with just one app? In any case, please say why.</h4>\nTip 1 – Always ask yourself whether or not your image is quality worthy of the best before posting it online. The image might seem interesting to you due to the context it was taken in, but might not be of interest to others. For example, it takes great humility to recognize that your cat\'s picture, as cute as it may be, might not entertain someone who has seen 800 pictures just like it. Your main challenge will be to make your cat\'s picture unique and original!\n\nTip 2 – The basics apps I use are <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">FX Photo Studio</a>, <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/tiltshift-generator-fake-miniature/id327716311?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">TiltShif</a>t and PhotoForge. What I like best about FX Photo Studio is the fact that I can save my multi-filter recipe, thus making sure the images in my series have the same graphic signature.\n\nTip 3 – When I want to put emphasis on a certain effect, I process the image several times in the same app, saving the image and then reopening it again. A simple but effective way of doubling or tripling the desired effect!\n\nCheck out more of Miss Pixels’ iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://www.misspixels.com/\" target=\"_blank\">MissPixels</a>.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels2.jpg\" ]','iPhoneography with Mixx Pixels','','inherit','open','open','','4286-revision-3','','','2011-07-29 16:36:09','2011-07-29 16:36:09','',4286,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4286-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4289,14,'2011-07-29 16:15:25','2011-07-29 16:15:25','','MissPixels','','inherit','open','open','','misspixels','','','2011-07-29 16:15:25','2011-07-29 16:15:25','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4290,14,'2011-07-29 16:15:31','2011-07-29 16:15:31','','MissPixels1','','inherit','open','open','','misspixels1','','','2011-07-29 16:15:31','2011-07-29 16:15:31','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4291,14,'2011-07-29 16:15:37','2011-07-29 16:15:37','','MissPixels2','','inherit','open','open','','misspixels2','','','2011-07-29 16:15:37','2011-07-29 16:15:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4292,14,'2011-07-29 16:20:06','2011-07-29 16:20:06','Hey check it out...we\'ve got a new series of iPhoneographer interviews just for you! Here is Miss Pixels, a budding iPhoneographer and illustrator from Canada.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels1.jpg\" ]\n\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography. What does it mean to you? How is it different from regular photography for you?</h4>\nI am a freelance illustrator and art director. Since I have a bachelor\'s degree in Visual Arts and Graphic Design, I have always been inclined to trying out new technologies, especially when these technologies enable me to create. In 2009, I bought my first iPhone and it was love at first sight: I had finally found a medium combining my passion for technology with my thirst for creativity!\n\nI had a few traditional photography university courses, but this medium didn\'t really fit with my upbeat personality; I also had trouble being spontaneous while using it and was intimidated by its technical aspects. Contrary to traditional photography, iPhoneography allows me to be spontaneous wherever I am and whatever the occasion, without having to worry about my technique since this device has limitations. In short, I quickly abandoned all the more traditional cameras to concentrate on this new medium, which is the only one I bring when travelling.\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iphoneography style? If so, how would you describe it? If not,</h4>\nDo I have an iPhoneography style? Yes. My color palette is by definition very expressive and gets people\'s attention. Moreover, I tend to overuse the numerical noise and the grain in an exponential way. My iPhoneographies are also featured in themed series. I think all these elements contribute to my uniqueness, making my pictures different from those taken with conventional mobile devices. If I had to put a label on my style, I would have to call it \"Vivacity 2.0\"!\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iphoneography style?</h4>\nI believe an artist has by definition a style, as he does a personality. It\'s what enables him to propel his creativity field with such strength. The main difference between an artist and an amateur is his ability to create signature visual concepts in a unique language.\n\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels.jpg\" ]\n\n\n<h4>What would you recommend a beginner iphoneographer do to easily get into the move and learn the craft?</h4>\nAs many might concur, joining the social media movement is by far the best way to integrate the iPhoneography community. Attending events and taking part in conversations with people sharing your interests will definitely generate reactions and bring attention to your work.\n<h4>What specific tips and tricks (3 to 4), would you share with wannabe iphoneographers? The apps you use and in what combination, if you use several apps to get what you want with one photo? For instance, do you shoot, edit and share with the same app or with different apps or with just one app? In any case, please say why.</h4>\nTip 1 – Always ask yourself whether or not your image is quality worthy of the best before posting it online. The image might seem interesting to you due to the context it was taken in, but might not be of interest to others. For example, it takes great humility to recognize that your cat\'s picture, as cute as it may be, might not entertain someone who has seen 800 pictures just like it. Your main challenge will be to make your cat\'s picture unique and original!\n\nTip 2 – The basics apps I use are FX Photo Studio, TiltShift and PhotoForge. What I like best about FX Photo Studio is the fact that I can save my multi-filter recipe, thus making sure the images in my series have the same graphic signature.\n\nTip 3 – When I want to put emphasis on a certain effect, I process the image several times in the same app, saving the image and then reopening it again. A simple but effective way of doubling or tripling the desired effect!\n\nCheck out more of Miss Pixels’ iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://www.misspixels.com/\" target=\"_blank\">MissPixels</a>.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels2.jpg\" ]','iPhoneography with Mixx Pixels','','inherit','open','open','','4286-revision','','','2011-07-29 16:20:06','2011-07-29 16:20:06','',4286,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4286-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4757,14,'2011-08-19 08:02:58','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Top Camera App For iPhone – A True Powerhouse - http://tinyurl.com/3qzdrdh','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-19 08:02:58','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4757',0,'tweet','',0),(4758,5,'2011-08-19 10:17:49','2011-08-19 10:17:49','[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" categories=\"55\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" limit=\"9\" /]','App Reviews','','inherit','open','open','','1861-autosave','','','2011-08-19 10:17:49','2011-08-19 10:17:49','',1861,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1861-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4759,5,'2011-07-21 08:57:56','2011-07-21 08:57:56','[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\"   categories=\"55\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" limit=\"9\"   /]\r\n','App Reviews','','inherit','open','open','','1861-revision-2','','','2011-07-21 08:57:56','2011-07-21 08:57:56','',1861,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1861-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4299,14,'2011-07-30 15:01:52','2011-07-30 15:01:52','','PhotoToaster','','inherit','open','open','','phototoaster','','','2011-07-30 15:01:52','2011-07-30 15:01:52','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4300,14,'2011-07-30 15:02:00','2011-07-30 15:02:00','','PhotoToaster-Logo','','inherit','open','open','','phototoaster-logo','','','2011-07-30 15:02:00','2011-07-30 15:02:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4301,14,'2011-07-30 15:04:14','2011-07-30 15:04:14','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToast\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toast\" width=\"500\" height=\"251\" /></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\n\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n&amp;nsbp;\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\n\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\n\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\n\n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n&gt;\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n&nbsp;\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For All','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-3','','','2011-07-30 15:04:14','2011-07-30 15:04:14','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4284,16,'2011-07-29 08:01:01','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Check out our quick tutorial on using the @fxphotostudio masking tool! http://tinyurl.com/3b4ulam','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-29 08:01:01','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4284',0,'tweet','',0),(4285,5,'2011-07-28 15:52:11','2011-07-28 15:52:11','Most of you already know that here at The Beginners Lens, we’re big fans of FX Photo Studio. We’ve already <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews/fx-photo-studio-review-1.html\" title=\"FX Photo Studio App Review\">sung their praises</a> in this comprehensive app review. So to follow on from that, we’re taking a little bit of time today to go through one of FX Photo Studio’s coolest features…the masking tool! \r\n\r\nIf you’re at all familiar with Photoshop, you probably have a good idea of how a masking tool works. Essentially, it allows you to select one part of an image to apply an effect, or multiple effects while leaving the rest of the image untouched. This is particularly useful for getting creative and bringing a bit of life into your photos through selective editing.\r\n\r\nLet’s use the FX Photo Studio masking tool! \r\n\r\n1.	Open up the FX Photo Studio app, and navigate to your camera roll. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Home Screen\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0827.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n2.	Tap on a photo you want to edit to open it up in FX Photo Studio. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Choose Photo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0828.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n3.	With the photo open, tap on +FX Add Effect to choose an effect to add to your photo. The effect will be added to the whole photo. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0829.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n4.	Now tap on the masking tool (the paint brush) to select the area of the photo you want to effect. You can choose to either draw the effect on, or erase the effect from the photo; in this case we’ve chosen to draw the effect on. Be sure to tap the eye icon at the top of the app so you can see an outline of what you are drawing. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0830.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n5.	Use the pan and zoom button in the bottom right hand corner of the app to move around the image and to zoom in and out to get around the small details. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0831.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6.	When you’ve selected the whole area, click Apply to see the results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0832.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n7.	Add several effects in the same way – either selecting an area to effect or erasing the effect from a selected area, leaving the rest of the photo effected.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0833.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n8.	Once you’ve added all the effects you want to use, click Save! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Masking Tool \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/IMG_0834.png\"  ]\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>After the mud comes the rainbow.</em>\r\nPhoto by Audrey Taylor</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nIf you’ve got a great photo you’ve edited with the FX Photo Studio masking tool, please share it with us in the comments below!\r\n','How To Use The FX Photo Studio Masking Tool ','','inherit','open','open','','4251-revision-14','','','2011-07-28 15:52:11','2011-07-28 15:52:11','',4251,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4251-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(4282,5,'2011-07-27 18:25:25','2011-07-27 18:25:25','[styledbox type=\"shadowbottom\"] <div align=\"center\">[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\">iPhone Tips & Tuts</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/tips-tuts\" title=\"iPhone Tips & Tuts\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphonetuts.png\" title=\"iPhone Photographer Tips & Tuts\" alt=\"For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/iphone-camera-application-reviews\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\">App Reviews</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/iphone-camera-application-reviews\" title=\"App Reviews\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appreviews.png\" title=\"iPhone App Reviews\" alt=\"App Reviews For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\">Accessories</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/accessories\" title=\"Accessories\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/accessories.png\" title=\"iPhone Accessories\" alt=\"Accessories For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"]<h3 style=\"margin:-10px 0px 0px 0px; line-height:0px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\">App Guides</a></h3><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-camera-tips-and-iphone-photography/guides\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appguides.png\" title=\"iPhone App Guides\" alt=\"App Guides For iPhone Photographers\"></a>[/four_columns_last]</div>\r\n<p><h2>Check Out The Cartoons...</h2></p>\r\n[four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Where The Heck Is That Car?\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/1.png\" ] [/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"How Not To Impress A Lady\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/2.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Caught Red-Handed!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/4.png\" ][/four_columns] [four_columns_last height=\"180\" border=\"border\"][imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"188\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"Birthday Wishes!\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/5.png\" ][/four_columns_last] [/styledbox] \r\n<h2>What\'s New In iPhone Photography...</h2>[postgallery_slider content=\"textimage\"  categories=\"46,54\" undefined id=\"0\"  imgheight=\"163\" imgwidth=\"290\" height=\"440\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" excerpt=\"40\" /] [hozbreaktop]','iPhone Photography','','inherit','open','open','','2663-revision-8','','','2011-07-27 18:25:25','2011-07-27 18:25:25','',2663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/2663-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(3852,16,'2011-07-13 08:00:31','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','What are your favorite #photography #apps for the #iphone? How do you choose from the thousands? Need advice? http://tinyurl.com/5r2sfs8','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-13 08:00:31','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3852',0,'tweet','',0),(4298,14,'2011-07-30 14:40:53','2011-07-30 14:40:53','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\"><img title=\"montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\" alt=\"Photo Montages with Montager\" width=\"300\" height=\"405\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"This is Montager App\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montagerlogo.png\" alt=\"Montager App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\r\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\r\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\r\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\r\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\r\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\r\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\r\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n&amp;nsbp;\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\r\n\r\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\r\n\r\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n&gt;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For All','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-2','','','2011-07-30 14:40:53','2011-07-30 14:40:53','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(3855,16,'2011-07-13 08:51:56','2011-07-13 08:51:56','','catchlights1','','inherit','open','open','','catchlights1','','','2011-07-13 08:51:56','2011-07-13 08:51:56','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/catchlights1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3856,16,'2011-07-13 08:52:16','2011-07-13 08:52:16','','catchlights2','','inherit','open','open','','catchlights2','','','2011-07-13 08:52:16','2011-07-13 08:52:16','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/catchlights2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4421,16,'2011-08-03 10:45:51','2011-08-03 10:45:51','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [two_columns height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"170\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"170\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [/two_columns] [two_columns_last height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [/two_columns_last]   [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:16px; width:100%\"><center>[gplusone]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[like]</center></div>[/styledbox][/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','New Home Test','','inherit','open','open','','4398-revision-23','','','2011-08-03 10:45:51','2011-08-03 10:45:51','',4398,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4398-revision-23.html',0,'revision','',0),(4420,16,'2011-08-03 10:45:46','2011-08-03 10:45:46','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [two_columns height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"170\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"170\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [/two_columns] [two_columns_last height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [/two_columns_last]   [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:16px; width:100%\"><center>[gplusone]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[like]</center></div>[/styledbox][/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','New Home Test','','inherit','open','open','','4398-revision-22','','','2011-08-03 10:45:46','2011-08-03 10:45:46','',4398,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4398-revision-22.html',0,'revision','',0),(3861,16,'2011-07-15 08:00:58','2011-07-15 08:00:58','Phew say that title 10 times fast!! Summer is full of celebrations and holidays, like the 4th of July, where you might want to catch the bright, colorful fireworks celebrations with your iPhone. While you would be best off using your large-sensor DSLR in this low-light situation, with a few tips & tricks you can still capture some really beautiful, explosive iPhone fireworks photography! \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Fireworks Over Boston 01, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/deddoc/3691974767/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"375\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/fireworks1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Fireworks Over Boston 01</em>\r\nPhoto by Dave Rogers</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>1. Choose The Best Position.</strong>\r\nBefore parking your blanket and setting up to shoot, find the best location.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Get a clear view, away from buildings, trees, and people (if you can). Or use the trees, buildings, and people as part of the image! (See below)</li>\r\n<li>The best angle to shoot is with the fireworks in front of you at a distance, rather than directly above you.</li>\r\n<li>Avoid car lights, streetlights, and light from surrounding buildings. The best backdrop is pitch black.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n \r\nKeep in mind one of the best things about shooting with an iPhone is the portability – so move around if you need to! \r\n\r\n<strong>2. Ready, Steady! </strong>\r\nBe sure to bring a tripod. You can either attach your iPhone to a full-size digital photography tripod with an adapter like the Glif. Or get yourself something like the Gorillapod, a reasonably priced portable tripod made specifically for the iPhone. If you haven’t got access to a tripod, use something steady to prop up your iPhone. You can even rest it on your knee or the shoulder of a nearby friend – just be sure to steady the phone as it is likely to be far too dark to get crisp handheld photos.  \r\n\r\n<strong>3. Turn The Flash Off.</strong>  \r\nJust face it; the tiny LED flash on your iPhone 4 isn’t going to do anything so you might as well just turn it off. If you’ve got an iPhone 3 or 3GS, don’t worry about it you haven’t got a flash anyway.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Fireworks From Flagler in West Palm Beach, FL, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/mdsimages/3688374925/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"375\" height=\"500\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/fireworks2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Fireworks From Flagler in West Palm Beach, FL</em>\r\nPhoto by Michael Steighner</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>4. Turn Off HDR Too. </strong>\r\nIf you’re using an iPhone 4 to shoot, be sure to turn off the HDR function on the native camera app. In this situation, the HDR function won’t improve your photos, but it will slow down your processing time, so leave it off this time. \r\n\r\n<strong>5. How To Get The Money Shot. </strong>\r\nDid you know that your native iPhone camera only takes the photo when you remove your finger from the shutter button? So to be sure you capture the shot you actually want, tap and hold the shutter button and frame your shot. Based on the fireworks show, anticipate when something big is going to happen and release your finger from the shutter only when you’re ready to take the photo. Don’t forget to take photos in both landscape and portrait mode, variety is the spice of life after all. \r\n\r\n<strong>6. Don’t Forget To Get Video</strong>\r\nYou’ve already got your iPhone set up on a tripod or in a steady place, so why not relive the show with a video? If you’ve got an iPhone 4, you can capture some HD video to share with your friends. \r\n\r\nFinally, don’t forget to have a bit of fun, and be sure to share your fireworks photos with us! \r\n','Explosive iPhone Fireworks Photography!','','publish','open','open','','explosive-iphone-fireworks-photography','','','2011-07-13 11:35:30','2011-07-13 11:35:30','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3861',0,'post','',0),(3864,16,'2011-07-13 09:20:08','2011-07-13 09:20:08','','fireworks1','','inherit','open','open','','fireworks1','','','2011-07-13 09:20:08','2011-07-13 09:20:08','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/fireworks1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3865,16,'2011-07-13 09:20:18','2011-07-13 09:20:18','','fireworks2','','inherit','open','open','','fireworks2','','','2011-07-13 09:20:18','2011-07-13 09:20:18','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/fireworks2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4419,16,'2011-08-03 10:45:25','2011-08-03 10:45:25','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [two_columns height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"175\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"175\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [/two_columns] [two_columns_last height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [/two_columns_last]   [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:16px; width:100%\"><center>[gplusone]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[like]</center></div>[/styledbox][/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','New Home Test','','inherit','open','open','','4398-revision-21','','','2011-08-03 10:45:25','2011-08-03 10:45:25','',4398,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4398-revision-21.html',0,'revision','',0),(4303,14,'2011-07-30 15:06:19','2011-07-30 15:06:19','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToast\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toast\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\r\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\r\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\r\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\r\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\r\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\r\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\r\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n&amp;nsbp;\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\r\n\r\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\r\n\r\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n&gt;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For All','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-5','','','2011-07-30 15:06:19','2011-07-30 15:06:19','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(3868,16,'2011-07-13 09:44:18','2011-07-13 09:44:18','','jojo1','','inherit','open','open','','jojo1','','','2011-07-13 09:44:18','2011-07-13 09:44:18','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),